| 1 | /* |
| 2 | * Copyright © 2013 Jonas Ådahl |
| 3 | * Copyright © 2013-2015 Red Hat, Inc. |
| 4 | * |
| 5 | * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a |
| 6 | * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), |
| 7 | * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation |
| 8 | * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, |
| 9 | * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the |
| 10 | * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: |
| 11 | * |
| 12 | * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next |
| 13 | * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the |
| 14 | * Software. |
| 15 | * |
| 16 | * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR |
| 17 | * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, |
| 18 | * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL |
| 19 | * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER |
| 20 | * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING |
| 21 | * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER |
| 22 | * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. |
| 23 | */ |
| 24 | |
| 25 | #ifndef LIBINPUT_H |
| 26 | #define LIBINPUT_H |
| 27 | |
| 28 | #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 29 | extern "C" { |
| 30 | #endif |
| 31 | |
| 32 | #include <stdlib.h> |
| 33 | #include <stdint.h> |
| 34 | #include <stdarg.h> |
| 35 | #include <libudev.h> |
| 36 | |
| 37 | #define LIBINPUT_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(_format, _args) \ |
| 38 | __attribute__ ((format (printf, _format, _args))) |
| 39 | #define LIBINPUT_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED __attribute__ ((deprecated)) |
| 40 | |
| 41 | /** |
| 42 | * @ingroup base |
| 43 | * @struct libinput |
| 44 | * |
| 45 | * A handle for accessing libinput. This struct is refcounted, use |
| 46 | * libinput_ref() and libinput_unref(). |
| 47 | */ |
| 48 | struct libinput; |
| 49 | |
| 50 | /** |
| 51 | * @ingroup device |
| 52 | * @struct libinput_device |
| 53 | * |
| 54 | * A base handle for accessing libinput devices. This struct is |
| 55 | * refcounted, use libinput_device_ref() and libinput_device_unref(). |
| 56 | */ |
| 57 | struct libinput_device; |
| 58 | |
| 59 | /** |
| 60 | * @ingroup device |
| 61 | * @struct libinput_device_group |
| 62 | * |
| 63 | * A base handle for accessing libinput device groups. This struct is |
| 64 | * refcounted, use libinput_device_group_ref() and |
| 65 | * libinput_device_group_unref(). |
| 66 | */ |
| 67 | struct libinput_device_group; |
| 68 | |
| 69 | /** |
| 70 | * @ingroup seat |
| 71 | * @struct libinput_seat |
| 72 | * |
| 73 | * The base handle for accessing libinput seats. This struct is |
| 74 | * refcounted, use libinput_seat_ref() and libinput_seat_unref(). |
| 75 | */ |
| 76 | struct libinput_seat; |
| 77 | |
| 78 | /** |
| 79 | * @ingroup device |
| 80 | * @struct libinput_tablet_tool |
| 81 | * |
| 82 | * An object representing a tool being used by a device with the @ref |
| 83 | * LIBINPUT_DEVICE_CAP_TABLET_TOOL capability. |
| 84 | * |
| 85 | * Tablet events generated by such a device are bound to a specific tool |
| 86 | * rather than coming from the device directly. Depending on the hardware it |
| 87 | * is possible to track the same physical tool across multiple |
| 88 | * struct libinput_device devices. |
| 89 | * See libinput_tablet_tool_get_serial() for more details. |
| 90 | * |
| 91 | * This struct is refcounted, use libinput_tablet_tool_ref() and |
| 92 | * libinput_tablet_tool_unref(). |
| 93 | * |
| 94 | * @since 1.2 |
| 95 | */ |
| 96 | struct libinput_tablet_tool; |
| 97 | |
| 98 | /** |
| 99 | * @ingroup event |
| 100 | * @struct libinput_event |
| 101 | * |
| 102 | * The base event type. Use libinput_event_get_pointer_event() or similar to |
| 103 | * get the actual event type. |
| 104 | * |
| 105 | * @warning Unlike other structs events are considered transient and |
| 106 | * <b>not</b> refcounted. |
| 107 | */ |
| 108 | struct libinput_event; |
| 109 | |
| 110 | /** |
| 111 | * @ingroup event |
| 112 | * @struct libinput_event_device_notify |
| 113 | * |
| 114 | * An event notifying the caller of a device being added or removed. |
| 115 | */ |
| 116 | struct libinput_event_device_notify; |
| 117 | |
| 118 | /** |
| 119 | * @ingroup event_keyboard |
| 120 | * @struct libinput_event_keyboard |
| 121 | * |
| 122 | * A keyboard event representing a key press/release. |
| 123 | */ |
| 124 | struct libinput_event_keyboard; |
| 125 | |
| 126 | /** |
| 127 | * @ingroup event_pointer |
| 128 | * @struct libinput_event_pointer |
| 129 | * |
| 130 | * A pointer event representing relative or absolute pointer movement, |
| 131 | * a button press/release or scroll axis events. |
| 132 | */ |
| 133 | struct libinput_event_pointer; |
| 134 | |
| 135 | /** |
| 136 | * @ingroup event_touch |
| 137 | * @struct libinput_event_touch |
| 138 | * |
| 139 | * Touch event representing a touch down, move or up, as well as a touch |
| 140 | * cancel and touch frame events. Valid event types for this event are @ref |
| 141 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_DOWN, @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_MOTION, @ref |
| 142 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_UP, @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_CANCEL and @ref |
| 143 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_FRAME. |
| 144 | */ |
| 145 | struct libinput_event_touch; |
| 146 | |
| 147 | /** |
| 148 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 149 | * @struct libinput_event_tablet_tool |
| 150 | * |
| 151 | * Tablet tool event representing an axis update, button press, or tool |
| 152 | * update. Valid event types for this event are @ref |
| 153 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_AXIS, @ref |
| 154 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_PROXIMITY and @ref |
| 155 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_BUTTON. |
| 156 | * |
| 157 | * @since 1.2 |
| 158 | */ |
| 159 | struct libinput_event_tablet_tool; |
| 160 | |
| 161 | /** |
| 162 | * @ingroup event_tablet_pad |
| 163 | * @struct libinput_event_tablet_pad |
| 164 | * |
| 165 | * Tablet pad event representing a button press, or ring/strip update on |
| 166 | * the tablet pad itself. Valid event types for this event are @ref |
| 167 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_PAD_BUTTON, @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_PAD_RING and |
| 168 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_PAD_STRIP. |
| 169 | * |
| 170 | * @since 1.3 |
| 171 | */ |
| 172 | struct libinput_event_tablet_pad; |
| 173 | |
| 174 | /** |
| 175 | * @ingroup base |
| 176 | * |
| 177 | * Log priority for internal logging messages. |
| 178 | */ |
| 179 | enum libinput_log_priority { |
| 180 | LIBINPUT_LOG_PRIORITY_DEBUG = 10, |
| 181 | LIBINPUT_LOG_PRIORITY_INFO = 20, |
| 182 | LIBINPUT_LOG_PRIORITY_ERROR = 30, |
| 183 | }; |
| 184 | |
| 185 | /** |
| 186 | * @ingroup device |
| 187 | * |
| 188 | * Capabilities on a device. A device may have one or more capabilities |
| 189 | * at a time, capabilities remain static for the lifetime of the device. |
| 190 | */ |
| 191 | enum libinput_device_capability { |
| 192 | LIBINPUT_DEVICE_CAP_KEYBOARD = 0, |
| 193 | LIBINPUT_DEVICE_CAP_POINTER = 1, |
| 194 | LIBINPUT_DEVICE_CAP_TOUCH = 2, |
| 195 | LIBINPUT_DEVICE_CAP_TABLET_TOOL = 3, |
| 196 | LIBINPUT_DEVICE_CAP_TABLET_PAD = 4, |
| 197 | LIBINPUT_DEVICE_CAP_GESTURE = 5, |
| 198 | LIBINPUT_DEVICE_CAP_SWITCH = 6, |
| 199 | }; |
| 200 | |
| 201 | /** |
| 202 | * @ingroup device |
| 203 | * |
| 204 | * Logical state of a key. Note that the logical state may not represent |
| 205 | * the physical state of the key. |
| 206 | */ |
| 207 | enum libinput_key_state { |
| 208 | LIBINPUT_KEY_STATE_RELEASED = 0, |
| 209 | LIBINPUT_KEY_STATE_PRESSED = 1 |
| 210 | }; |
| 211 | |
| 212 | /** |
| 213 | * @ingroup device |
| 214 | * |
| 215 | * Mask reflecting LEDs on a device. |
| 216 | */ |
| 217 | enum libinput_led { |
| 218 | LIBINPUT_LED_NUM_LOCK = (1 << 0), |
| 219 | LIBINPUT_LED_CAPS_LOCK = (1 << 1), |
| 220 | LIBINPUT_LED_SCROLL_LOCK = (1 << 2) |
| 221 | }; |
| 222 | |
| 223 | /** |
| 224 | * @ingroup device |
| 225 | * |
| 226 | * Logical state of a physical button. Note that the logical state may not |
| 227 | * represent the physical state of the button. |
| 228 | */ |
| 229 | enum libinput_button_state { |
| 230 | LIBINPUT_BUTTON_STATE_RELEASED = 0, |
| 231 | LIBINPUT_BUTTON_STATE_PRESSED = 1 |
| 232 | }; |
| 233 | |
| 234 | /** |
| 235 | * @ingroup device |
| 236 | * |
| 237 | * Axes on a device with the capability @ref LIBINPUT_DEVICE_CAP_POINTER |
| 238 | * that are not x or y coordinates. |
| 239 | * |
| 240 | * The two scroll axes @ref LIBINPUT_POINTER_AXIS_SCROLL_VERTICAL and |
| 241 | * @ref LIBINPUT_POINTER_AXIS_SCROLL_HORIZONTAL are engaged separately, |
| 242 | * depending on the device. libinput provides some scroll direction locking |
| 243 | * but it is up to the caller to determine which axis is needed and |
| 244 | * appropriate in the current interaction |
| 245 | */ |
| 246 | enum libinput_pointer_axis { |
| 247 | LIBINPUT_POINTER_AXIS_SCROLL_VERTICAL = 0, |
| 248 | LIBINPUT_POINTER_AXIS_SCROLL_HORIZONTAL = 1, |
| 249 | }; |
| 250 | |
| 251 | /** |
| 252 | * @ingroup device |
| 253 | * |
| 254 | * The source for a libinput_pointer_axis event. See |
| 255 | * libinput_event_pointer_get_axis_source() for details. |
| 256 | * |
| 257 | * @note Pointer axis sources are deprecated, the source is now encoded in |
| 258 | * the event types |
| 259 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_WHEEL, |
| 260 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_FINGER, and |
| 261 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_CONTINUOUS. |
| 262 | */ |
| 263 | enum libinput_pointer_axis_source { |
| 264 | /** |
| 265 | * The event is caused by the rotation of a wheel. |
| 266 | */ |
| 267 | LIBINPUT_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_WHEEL = 1, |
| 268 | /** |
| 269 | * The event is caused by the movement of one or more fingers on a |
| 270 | * device. |
| 271 | */ |
| 272 | LIBINPUT_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_FINGER, |
| 273 | /** |
| 274 | * The event is caused by the motion of some device. |
| 275 | */ |
| 276 | LIBINPUT_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_CONTINUOUS, |
| 277 | /** |
| 278 | * The event is caused by the tilting of a mouse wheel rather than |
| 279 | * its rotation. This method is commonly used on mice without |
| 280 | * separate horizontal scroll wheels. |
| 281 | * |
| 282 | * @deprecated This axis source is deprecated as of libinput 1.16. |
| 283 | * It was never used by any device before libinput 1.16. All wheel |
| 284 | * tilt devices use @ref LIBINPUT_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_WHEEL instead. |
| 285 | */ |
| 286 | LIBINPUT_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_WHEEL_TILT, |
| 287 | }; |
| 288 | |
| 289 | /** |
| 290 | * @ingroup event_tablet_pad |
| 291 | * |
| 292 | * The source for a @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_PAD_RING event. See |
| 293 | * libinput_event_tablet_pad_get_ring_source() for details. |
| 294 | * |
| 295 | * @since 1.3 |
| 296 | */ |
| 297 | enum libinput_tablet_pad_ring_axis_source { |
| 298 | LIBINPUT_TABLET_PAD_RING_SOURCE_UNKNOWN = 1, |
| 299 | /** |
| 300 | * The event is caused by the movement of one or more fingers on |
| 301 | * the ring. |
| 302 | */ |
| 303 | LIBINPUT_TABLET_PAD_RING_SOURCE_FINGER, |
| 304 | }; |
| 305 | |
| 306 | /** |
| 307 | * @ingroup event_tablet_pad |
| 308 | * |
| 309 | * The source for a @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_PAD_STRIP event. See |
| 310 | * libinput_event_tablet_pad_get_strip_source() for details. |
| 311 | * |
| 312 | * @since 1.3 |
| 313 | */ |
| 314 | enum libinput_tablet_pad_strip_axis_source { |
| 315 | LIBINPUT_TABLET_PAD_STRIP_SOURCE_UNKNOWN = 1, |
| 316 | /** |
| 317 | * The event is caused by the movement of one or more fingers on |
| 318 | * the strip. |
| 319 | */ |
| 320 | LIBINPUT_TABLET_PAD_STRIP_SOURCE_FINGER, |
| 321 | }; |
| 322 | |
| 323 | /** |
| 324 | * @ingroup device |
| 325 | * |
| 326 | * Available tool types for a device with the @ref |
| 327 | * LIBINPUT_DEVICE_CAP_TABLET_TOOL capability. The tool type defines the default |
| 328 | * usage of the tool as advertised by the manufacturer. Multiple different |
| 329 | * physical tools may share the same tool type, e.g. a Wacom Classic Pen, |
| 330 | * Wacom Pro Pen and a Wacom Grip Pen are all of type @ref |
| 331 | * LIBINPUT_TABLET_TOOL_TYPE_PEN. |
| 332 | * Use libinput_tablet_tool_get_tool_id() to get a specific model where applicable. |
| 333 | * |
| 334 | * Note that on some device, the eraser tool is on the tail end of a pen |
| 335 | * device. On other devices, e.g. MS Surface 3, the eraser is the pen tip |
| 336 | * while a button is held down. |
| 337 | * |
| 338 | * @note The @ref libinput_tablet_tool_type can only describe the default physical |
| 339 | * type of the device. For devices with adjustable physical properties |
| 340 | * the tool type remains the same, i.e. putting a Wacom stroke nib into a |
| 341 | * classic pen leaves the tool type as @ref LIBINPUT_TABLET_TOOL_TYPE_PEN. |
| 342 | * |
| 343 | * @since 1.2 |
| 344 | */ |
| 345 | enum libinput_tablet_tool_type { |
| 346 | LIBINPUT_TABLET_TOOL_TYPE_PEN = 1, /**< A generic pen */ |
| 347 | LIBINPUT_TABLET_TOOL_TYPE_ERASER, /**< Eraser */ |
| 348 | LIBINPUT_TABLET_TOOL_TYPE_BRUSH, /**< A paintbrush-like tool */ |
| 349 | LIBINPUT_TABLET_TOOL_TYPE_PENCIL, /**< Physical drawing tool, e.g. |
| 350 | Wacom Inking Pen */ |
| 351 | LIBINPUT_TABLET_TOOL_TYPE_AIRBRUSH, /**< An airbrush-like tool */ |
| 352 | LIBINPUT_TABLET_TOOL_TYPE_MOUSE, /**< A mouse bound to the tablet */ |
| 353 | LIBINPUT_TABLET_TOOL_TYPE_LENS, /**< A mouse tool with a lens */ |
| 354 | LIBINPUT_TABLET_TOOL_TYPE_TOTEM, /**< A rotary device with |
| 355 | positional and rotation |
| 356 | data */ |
| 357 | }; |
| 358 | |
| 359 | /** |
| 360 | * @ingroup device |
| 361 | * |
| 362 | * The state of proximity for a tool on a device. The device must have the @ref |
| 363 | * LIBINPUT_DEVICE_CAP_TABLET_TOOL capability. |
| 364 | * |
| 365 | * The proximity of a tool is a binary state signalling whether the tool is |
| 366 | * within a detectable distance of the tablet device. A tool that is out of |
| 367 | * proximity cannot generate events. |
| 368 | * |
| 369 | * On some hardware a tool goes out of proximity when it ceases to touch the |
| 370 | * surface. On other hardware, the tool is still detectable within a short |
| 371 | * distance (a few cm) off the surface. |
| 372 | * |
| 373 | * @since 1.2 |
| 374 | */ |
| 375 | enum libinput_tablet_tool_proximity_state { |
| 376 | LIBINPUT_TABLET_TOOL_PROXIMITY_STATE_OUT = 0, |
| 377 | LIBINPUT_TABLET_TOOL_PROXIMITY_STATE_IN = 1, |
| 378 | }; |
| 379 | |
| 380 | /** |
| 381 | * @ingroup device |
| 382 | * |
| 383 | * The tip contact state for a tool on a device. The device must have |
| 384 | * the @ref LIBINPUT_DEVICE_CAP_TABLET_TOOL capability. |
| 385 | * |
| 386 | * The tip contact state of a tool is a binary state signalling whether the tool is |
| 387 | * touching the surface of the tablet device. |
| 388 | * |
| 389 | * @since 1.2 |
| 390 | */ |
| 391 | enum libinput_tablet_tool_tip_state { |
| 392 | LIBINPUT_TABLET_TOOL_TIP_UP = 0, |
| 393 | LIBINPUT_TABLET_TOOL_TIP_DOWN = 1, |
| 394 | }; |
| 395 | |
| 396 | /** |
| 397 | * @defgroup tablet_pad_modes Tablet pad modes |
| 398 | * |
| 399 | * Handling the virtual mode groups of buttons, strips and rings on tablet |
| 400 | * pad devices. See the libinput documentation for more details. |
| 401 | */ |
| 402 | |
| 403 | /** |
| 404 | * @ingroup tablet_pad_modes |
| 405 | * @struct libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group |
| 406 | * |
| 407 | * A mode on a tablet pad is a virtual grouping of functionality, usually |
| 408 | * based on some visual feedback like LEDs on the pad. The set of buttons, |
| 409 | * rings and strips that share the same mode are a "mode group". Whenever |
| 410 | * the mode changes, all buttons, rings and strips within this mode group |
| 411 | * are affected. |
| 412 | * |
| 413 | * Most tablets only have a single mode group, some tablets provide multiple |
| 414 | * mode groups through independent banks of LEDs (e.g. the Wacom Cintiq |
| 415 | * 24HD). libinput guarantees that at least one mode group is always |
| 416 | * available. |
| 417 | * |
| 418 | * This struct is refcounted, use libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group_ref() and |
| 419 | * libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group_unref(). |
| 420 | * |
| 421 | * @since 1.4 |
| 422 | */ |
| 423 | struct libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group; |
| 424 | |
| 425 | /** |
| 426 | * @ingroup tablet_pad_modes |
| 427 | * |
| 428 | * Most devices only provide a single mode group, however devices such as |
| 429 | * the Wacom Cintiq 22HD provide two mode groups. If multiple mode groups |
| 430 | * are available, a caller should use |
| 431 | * libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group_has_button(), |
| 432 | * libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group_has_ring() and |
| 433 | * libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group_has_strip() to associate each button, |
| 434 | * ring and strip with the correct mode group. |
| 435 | * |
| 436 | * @return the number of mode groups available on this device |
| 437 | * |
| 438 | * @since 1.4 |
| 439 | */ |
| 440 | int |
| 441 | libinput_device_tablet_pad_get_num_mode_groups(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 442 | |
| 443 | /** |
| 444 | * @ingroup tablet_pad_modes |
| 445 | * |
| 446 | * The returned mode group is not refcounted and may become invalid after |
| 447 | * the next call to libinput. Use libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group_ref() and |
| 448 | * libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group_unref() to continue using the handle |
| 449 | * outside of the immediate scope. |
| 450 | * |
| 451 | * While at least one reference is kept by the caller, the returned mode |
| 452 | * group will be identical for each subsequent call of this function with |
| 453 | * the same index and that same struct is returned from |
| 454 | * libinput_event_tablet_pad_get_mode_group(), provided the event was |
| 455 | * generated by this mode group. |
| 456 | * |
| 457 | * @param device A device with the @ref LIBINPUT_DEVICE_CAP_TABLET_PAD |
| 458 | * capability |
| 459 | * @param index A mode group index |
| 460 | * @return the mode group with the given index or NULL if an invalid index |
| 461 | * is given. |
| 462 | * |
| 463 | * @since 1.4 |
| 464 | */ |
| 465 | struct libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group* |
| 466 | libinput_device_tablet_pad_get_mode_group(struct libinput_device *device, |
| 467 | unsigned int index); |
| 468 | |
| 469 | /** |
| 470 | * @ingroup tablet_pad_modes |
| 471 | * |
| 472 | * The returned number is the same index as passed to |
| 473 | * libinput_device_tablet_pad_get_mode_group(). For tablets with only one |
| 474 | * mode this number is always 0. |
| 475 | * |
| 476 | * @param group A previously obtained mode group |
| 477 | * @return the numeric index this mode group represents, starting at 0 |
| 478 | * |
| 479 | * @since 1.4 |
| 480 | */ |
| 481 | unsigned int |
| 482 | libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group_get_index(struct libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group *group); |
| 483 | |
| 484 | /** |
| 485 | * @ingroup tablet_pad_modes |
| 486 | * |
| 487 | * Query the mode group for the number of available modes. The number of |
| 488 | * modes is usually decided by the number of physical LEDs available on the |
| 489 | * device. Different mode groups may have a different number of modes. Use |
| 490 | * libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group_get_mode() to get the currently active |
| 491 | * mode. |
| 492 | * |
| 493 | * libinput guarantees that at least one mode is available. A device without |
| 494 | * mode switching capability has a single mode group and a single mode. |
| 495 | * |
| 496 | * @param group A previously obtained mode group |
| 497 | * @return the number of modes available in this mode group |
| 498 | * |
| 499 | * @since 1.4 |
| 500 | */ |
| 501 | unsigned int |
| 502 | libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group_get_num_modes(struct libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group *group); |
| 503 | |
| 504 | /** |
| 505 | * @ingroup tablet_pad_modes |
| 506 | * |
| 507 | * Return the current mode this mode group is in. Note that the returned |
| 508 | * mode is the mode valid as of completing the last libinput_dispatch(). |
| 509 | * The returned mode may thus be different than the mode returned by |
| 510 | * libinput_event_tablet_pad_get_mode(). |
| 511 | * |
| 512 | * For example, if the mode was toggled three times between the call to |
| 513 | * libinput_dispatch(), this function returns the third mode but the events |
| 514 | * in the event queue will return the modes 1, 2 and 3, respectively. |
| 515 | * |
| 516 | * @param group A previously obtained mode group |
| 517 | * @return the numeric index of the current mode in this group, starting at 0 |
| 518 | * |
| 519 | * @see libinput_event_tablet_pad_get_mode |
| 520 | * |
| 521 | * @since 1.4 |
| 522 | */ |
| 523 | unsigned int |
| 524 | libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group_get_mode(struct libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group *group); |
| 525 | |
| 526 | /** |
| 527 | * @ingroup tablet_pad_modes |
| 528 | * |
| 529 | * Devices without mode switching capabilities return true for every button. |
| 530 | * |
| 531 | * @param group A previously obtained mode group |
| 532 | * @param button A button index, starting at 0 |
| 533 | * @return true if the given button index is part of this mode group or |
| 534 | * false otherwise |
| 535 | * |
| 536 | * @since 1.4 |
| 537 | */ |
| 538 | int |
| 539 | libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group_has_button(struct libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group *group, |
| 540 | unsigned int button); |
| 541 | |
| 542 | /** |
| 543 | * @ingroup tablet_pad_modes |
| 544 | * |
| 545 | * Devices without mode switching capabilities return true for every ring. |
| 546 | * |
| 547 | * @param group A previously obtained mode group |
| 548 | * @param ring A ring index, starting at 0 |
| 549 | * @return true if the given ring index is part of this mode group or |
| 550 | * false otherwise |
| 551 | * |
| 552 | * @since 1.4 |
| 553 | */ |
| 554 | int |
| 555 | libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group_has_ring(struct libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group *group, |
| 556 | unsigned int ring); |
| 557 | |
| 558 | /** |
| 559 | * @ingroup tablet_pad_modes |
| 560 | * |
| 561 | * Devices without mode switching capabilities return true for every strip. |
| 562 | * |
| 563 | * @param group A previously obtained mode group |
| 564 | * @param strip A strip index, starting at 0 |
| 565 | * @return true if the given strip index is part of this mode group or |
| 566 | * false otherwise |
| 567 | * |
| 568 | * @since 1.4 |
| 569 | */ |
| 570 | int |
| 571 | libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group_has_strip(struct libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group *group, |
| 572 | unsigned int strip); |
| 573 | |
| 574 | /** |
| 575 | * @ingroup tablet_pad_modes |
| 576 | * |
| 577 | * The toggle button in a mode group is the button assigned to cycle to or |
| 578 | * directly assign a new mode when pressed. Not all devices have a toggle |
| 579 | * button and some devices may have more than one toggle button. For |
| 580 | * example, the Wacom Cintiq 24HD has six toggle buttons in two groups, each |
| 581 | * directly selecting one of the three modes per group. |
| 582 | * |
| 583 | * Devices without mode switching capabilities return false for every button. |
| 584 | * |
| 585 | * @param group A previously obtained mode group |
| 586 | * @param button A button index, starting at 0 |
| 587 | * @retval non-zero if the button is a mode toggle button for this group, or |
| 588 | * zero otherwise |
| 589 | * |
| 590 | * @since 1.4 |
| 591 | */ |
| 592 | int |
| 593 | libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group_button_is_toggle(struct libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group *group, |
| 594 | unsigned int button); |
| 595 | |
| 596 | /** |
| 597 | * @ingroup tablet_pad_modes |
| 598 | * |
| 599 | * Increase the refcount of the mode group. A mode group will be |
| 600 | * freed whenever the refcount reaches 0. |
| 601 | * |
| 602 | * @param group A previously obtained mode group |
| 603 | * @return The passed mode group |
| 604 | * |
| 605 | * @since 1.4 |
| 606 | */ |
| 607 | struct libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group * |
| 608 | libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group_ref( |
| 609 | struct libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group *group); |
| 610 | |
| 611 | /** |
| 612 | * @ingroup tablet_pad_modes |
| 613 | * |
| 614 | * Decrease the refcount of the mode group. A mode group will be |
| 615 | * freed whenever the refcount reaches 0. |
| 616 | * |
| 617 | * @param group A previously obtained mode group |
| 618 | * @return NULL if the group was destroyed, otherwise the passed mode group |
| 619 | * |
| 620 | * @since 1.4 |
| 621 | */ |
| 622 | struct libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group * |
| 623 | libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group_unref( |
| 624 | struct libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group *group); |
| 625 | |
| 626 | /** |
| 627 | * @ingroup tablet_pad_modes |
| 628 | * |
| 629 | * Set caller-specific data associated with this mode group. libinput does |
| 630 | * not manage, look at, or modify this data. The caller must ensure the |
| 631 | * data is valid. |
| 632 | * |
| 633 | * @param group A previously obtained mode group |
| 634 | * @param user_data Caller-specific data pointer |
| 635 | * @see libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group_get_user_data |
| 636 | * |
| 637 | * @since 1.4 |
| 638 | */ |
| 639 | void |
| 640 | libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group_set_user_data( |
| 641 | struct libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group *group, |
| 642 | void *user_data); |
| 643 | |
| 644 | /** |
| 645 | * @ingroup tablet_pad_modes |
| 646 | * |
| 647 | * Get the caller-specific data associated with this mode group, if any. |
| 648 | * |
| 649 | * @param group A previously obtained mode group |
| 650 | * @return Caller-specific data pointer or NULL if none was set |
| 651 | * @see libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group_set_user_data |
| 652 | * |
| 653 | * @since 1.4 |
| 654 | */ |
| 655 | void * |
| 656 | libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group_get_user_data( |
| 657 | struct libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group *group); |
| 658 | |
| 659 | /** |
| 660 | * @ingroup device |
| 661 | * |
| 662 | * The state of a switch. The default state of a switch is @ref |
| 663 | * LIBINPUT_SWITCH_STATE_OFF and no event is sent to confirm a switch in the |
| 664 | * off position. If a switch is logically on during initialization, libinput |
| 665 | * sends an event of type @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_SWITCH_TOGGLE with a state |
| 666 | * @ref LIBINPUT_SWITCH_STATE_ON. |
| 667 | * |
| 668 | * @since 1.7 |
| 669 | */ |
| 670 | enum libinput_switch_state { |
| 671 | LIBINPUT_SWITCH_STATE_OFF = 0, |
| 672 | LIBINPUT_SWITCH_STATE_ON = 1, |
| 673 | }; |
| 674 | |
| 675 | /** |
| 676 | * @ingroup device |
| 677 | * |
| 678 | * The type of a switch. |
| 679 | * |
| 680 | * @since 1.7 |
| 681 | */ |
| 682 | enum libinput_switch { |
| 683 | /** |
| 684 | * The laptop lid was closed when the switch state is @ref |
| 685 | * LIBINPUT_SWITCH_STATE_ON, or was opened when it is @ref |
| 686 | * LIBINPUT_SWITCH_STATE_OFF. |
| 687 | */ |
| 688 | LIBINPUT_SWITCH_LID = 1, |
| 689 | |
| 690 | /** |
| 691 | * This switch indicates whether the device is in normal laptop mode |
| 692 | * or behaves like a tablet-like device where the primary |
| 693 | * interaction is usually a touch screen. When in tablet mode, the |
| 694 | * keyboard and touchpad are usually inaccessible. |
| 695 | * |
| 696 | * If the switch is in state @ref LIBINPUT_SWITCH_STATE_OFF, the |
| 697 | * device is in laptop mode. If the switch is in state @ref |
| 698 | * LIBINPUT_SWITCH_STATE_ON, the device is in tablet mode and the |
| 699 | * keyboard or touchpad may not be accessible. |
| 700 | * |
| 701 | * It is up to the caller to identify which devices are inaccessible |
| 702 | * in tablet mode. |
| 703 | */ |
| 704 | LIBINPUT_SWITCH_TABLET_MODE, |
| 705 | }; |
| 706 | |
| 707 | /** |
| 708 | * @ingroup event_switch |
| 709 | * @struct libinput_event_switch |
| 710 | * |
| 711 | * A switch event representing a changed state in a switch. |
| 712 | * |
| 713 | * @since 1.7 |
| 714 | */ |
| 715 | struct libinput_event_switch; |
| 716 | |
| 717 | /** |
| 718 | * @ingroup base |
| 719 | * |
| 720 | * Event type for events returned by libinput_get_event(). |
| 721 | */ |
| 722 | enum libinput_event_type { |
| 723 | /** |
| 724 | * This is not a real event type, and is only used to tell the user that |
| 725 | * no new event is available in the queue. See |
| 726 | * libinput_next_event_type(). |
| 727 | */ |
| 728 | LIBINPUT_EVENT_NONE = 0, |
| 729 | |
| 730 | /** |
| 731 | * Signals that a device has been added to the context. The device will |
| 732 | * not be read until the next time the user calls libinput_dispatch() |
| 733 | * and data is available. |
| 734 | * |
| 735 | * This allows setting up initial device configuration before any events |
| 736 | * are created. |
| 737 | */ |
| 738 | LIBINPUT_EVENT_DEVICE_ADDED, |
| 739 | |
| 740 | /** |
| 741 | * Signals that a device has been removed. No more events from the |
| 742 | * associated device will be in the queue or be queued after this event. |
| 743 | */ |
| 744 | LIBINPUT_EVENT_DEVICE_REMOVED, |
| 745 | |
| 746 | LIBINPUT_EVENT_KEYBOARD_KEY = 300, |
| 747 | |
| 748 | LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_MOTION = 400, |
| 749 | LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_MOTION_ABSOLUTE, |
| 750 | LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_BUTTON, |
| 751 | /** |
| 752 | * A scroll event from various sources. |
| 753 | * |
| 754 | * This event is deprecated as of libinput 1.19. Use |
| 755 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_WHEEL, |
| 756 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_FINGER, and |
| 757 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_CONTINUOUS instead. |
| 758 | * |
| 759 | * Use libinput_event_pointer_get_axis_source() to determine the |
| 760 | * source of a scroll event. For libinput versions 1.19 and later, |
| 761 | * the source is encoded in the event type. |
| 762 | * |
| 763 | * This event is sent **in addition** to events of type |
| 764 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_WHEEL, |
| 765 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_FINGER, and |
| 766 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_CONTINUOUS. |
| 767 | * Do not mix and match, either use the old event or the new events. |
| 768 | * libinput makes no guarantee about the relation between |
| 769 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_AXIS and the new event types |
| 770 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_WHEEL, |
| 771 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_FINGER, and |
| 772 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_CONTINUOUS. You may receive |
| 773 | * multiple zero, one or more new events per legacy event. |
| 774 | * |
| 775 | * @warning Ignore this event if you are processing |
| 776 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_WHEEL, |
| 777 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_FINGER, and |
| 778 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_CONTINUOUS. |
| 779 | */ |
| 780 | LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_AXIS, |
| 781 | |
| 782 | /** |
| 783 | * A scroll event from a wheel. This event is sent is sent **in |
| 784 | * addition** to the @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_AXIS |
| 785 | * event for all events with a |
| 786 | * libinput_event_pointer_get_axis_source() of @ref |
| 787 | * LIBINPUT_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_WHEEL. Ignore @ref |
| 788 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_AXIS if you are processing this event. |
| 789 | * |
| 790 | * See the libinput documentation for details. |
| 791 | * |
| 792 | * @since 1.19 |
| 793 | */ |
| 794 | LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_WHEEL, |
| 795 | |
| 796 | /** |
| 797 | * A scroll event caused by the movement of one or more fingers on a |
| 798 | * device. This event is sent is sent **in addition** to the @ref |
| 799 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_AXIS event for all events with a |
| 800 | * libinput_event_pointer_get_axis_source() of @ref |
| 801 | * LIBINPUT_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_FINGER. Ignore @ref |
| 802 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_AXIS if you are processing this event. |
| 803 | * |
| 804 | * See the libinput documentation for details. |
| 805 | * |
| 806 | * @since 1.19 |
| 807 | */ |
| 808 | LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_FINGER, |
| 809 | |
| 810 | /** |
| 811 | * A scroll event from a continuous scroll source, e.g. button |
| 812 | * scrolling. This event is sent is sent **in |
| 813 | * addition** to the @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_AXIS |
| 814 | * event for all events with a |
| 815 | * libinput_event_pointer_get_axis_source() of @ref |
| 816 | * LIBINPUT_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_CONTINUOUS. Ignore @ref |
| 817 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_AXIS if you are processing this event. |
| 818 | * |
| 819 | * See the libinput documentation for details. |
| 820 | * |
| 821 | * @since 1.19 |
| 822 | */ |
| 823 | LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_CONTINUOUS, |
| 824 | |
| 825 | LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_DOWN = 500, |
| 826 | LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_UP, |
| 827 | LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_MOTION, |
| 828 | LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_CANCEL, |
| 829 | /** |
| 830 | * Signals the end of a set of touchpoints at one device sample |
| 831 | * time. This event has no coordinate information attached. |
| 832 | */ |
| 833 | LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_FRAME, |
| 834 | |
| 835 | /** |
| 836 | * One or more axes have changed state on a device with the @ref |
| 837 | * LIBINPUT_DEVICE_CAP_TABLET_TOOL capability. This event is only sent |
| 838 | * when the tool is in proximity, see @ref |
| 839 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_PROXIMITY for details. |
| 840 | * |
| 841 | * The proximity event contains the initial state of the axis as the |
| 842 | * tool comes into proximity. An event of type @ref |
| 843 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_AXIS is only sent when an axis value |
| 844 | * changes from this initial state. It is possible for a tool to |
| 845 | * enter and leave proximity without sending an event of type @ref |
| 846 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_AXIS. |
| 847 | * |
| 848 | * An event of type @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_AXIS is sent |
| 849 | * when the tip state does not change. See the documentation for |
| 850 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_TIP for more details. |
| 851 | * |
| 852 | * @since 1.2 |
| 853 | */ |
| 854 | LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_AXIS = 600, |
| 855 | /** |
| 856 | * Signals that a tool has come in or out of proximity of a device with |
| 857 | * the @ref LIBINPUT_DEVICE_CAP_TABLET_TOOL capability. |
| 858 | * |
| 859 | * Proximity events contain each of the current values for each axis, |
| 860 | * and these values may be extracted from them in the same way they are |
| 861 | * with @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_AXIS events. |
| 862 | * |
| 863 | * Some tools may always be in proximity. For these tools, events of |
| 864 | * type @ref LIBINPUT_TABLET_TOOL_PROXIMITY_STATE_IN are sent only once after @ref |
| 865 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_DEVICE_ADDED, and events of type @ref |
| 866 | * LIBINPUT_TABLET_TOOL_PROXIMITY_STATE_OUT are sent only once before @ref |
| 867 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_DEVICE_REMOVED. |
| 868 | * |
| 869 | * If the tool that comes into proximity supports x/y coordinates, |
| 870 | * libinput guarantees that both x and y are set in the proximity |
| 871 | * event. |
| 872 | * |
| 873 | * When a tool goes out of proximity, the value of every axis should be |
| 874 | * assumed to have an undefined state and any buttons that are currently held |
| 875 | * down on the stylus are marked as released. Button release events for |
| 876 | * each button that was held down on the stylus are sent before the |
| 877 | * proximity out event. |
| 878 | * |
| 879 | * @since 1.2 |
| 880 | */ |
| 881 | LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_PROXIMITY, |
| 882 | /** |
| 883 | * Signals that a tool has come in contact with the surface of a |
| 884 | * device with the @ref LIBINPUT_DEVICE_CAP_TABLET_TOOL capability. |
| 885 | * |
| 886 | * On devices without distance proximity detection, the @ref |
| 887 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_TIP is sent immediately after @ref |
| 888 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_PROXIMITY for the tip down event, and |
| 889 | * immediately before for the tip up event. |
| 890 | * |
| 891 | * The decision when a tip touches the surface is device-dependent |
| 892 | * and may be derived from pressure data or other means. If the tip |
| 893 | * state is changed by axes changing state, the |
| 894 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_TIP event includes the changed |
| 895 | * axes and no additional axis event is sent for this state change. |
| 896 | * In other words, a caller must look at both @ref |
| 897 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_AXIS and @ref |
| 898 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_TIP events to know the current state |
| 899 | * of the axes. |
| 900 | * |
| 901 | * If a button state change occurs at the same time as a tip state |
| 902 | * change, the order of events is device-dependent. |
| 903 | * |
| 904 | * @since 1.2 |
| 905 | */ |
| 906 | LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_TIP, |
| 907 | /** |
| 908 | * Signals that a tool has changed a logical button state on a |
| 909 | * device with the @ref LIBINPUT_DEVICE_CAP_TABLET_TOOL capability. |
| 910 | * |
| 911 | * Button state changes occur on their own and do not include axis |
| 912 | * state changes. If button and axis state changes occur within the |
| 913 | * same logical hardware event, the order of the @ref |
| 914 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_BUTTON and @ref |
| 915 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_AXIS event is device-specific. |
| 916 | * |
| 917 | * This event is not to be confused with the button events emitted |
| 918 | * by the tablet pad. See @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_PAD_BUTTON. |
| 919 | * |
| 920 | * @see LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_PAD_BUTTON |
| 921 | * |
| 922 | * @since 1.2 |
| 923 | */ |
| 924 | LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_BUTTON, |
| 925 | |
| 926 | /** |
| 927 | * A button pressed on a device with the @ref |
| 928 | * LIBINPUT_DEVICE_CAP_TABLET_PAD capability. |
| 929 | * |
| 930 | * A button differs from @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_PAD_KEY in that |
| 931 | * buttons are sequentially indexed from 0 and do not carry any |
| 932 | * other information. Keys have a specific functionality assigned |
| 933 | * to them. The key code thus carries a semantic meaning, a button |
| 934 | * number does not. |
| 935 | * |
| 936 | * This event is not to be confused with the button events emitted |
| 937 | * by tools on a tablet (@ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_BUTTON). |
| 938 | * |
| 939 | * @since 1.3 |
| 940 | */ |
| 941 | LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_PAD_BUTTON = 700, |
| 942 | /** |
| 943 | * A status change on a tablet ring with the @ref |
| 944 | * LIBINPUT_DEVICE_CAP_TABLET_PAD capability. |
| 945 | * |
| 946 | * @since 1.3 |
| 947 | */ |
| 948 | LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_PAD_RING, |
| 949 | |
| 950 | /** |
| 951 | * A status change on a strip on a device with the @ref |
| 952 | * LIBINPUT_DEVICE_CAP_TABLET_PAD capability. |
| 953 | * |
| 954 | * @since 1.3 |
| 955 | */ |
| 956 | LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_PAD_STRIP, |
| 957 | |
| 958 | /** |
| 959 | * A key pressed on a device with the @ref |
| 960 | * LIBINPUT_DEVICE_CAP_TABLET_PAD capability. |
| 961 | * |
| 962 | * A key differs from @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_PAD_BUTTON in that |
| 963 | * keys have a specific functionality assigned to them (buttons are |
| 964 | * sequentially ordered). The key code thus carries a semantic |
| 965 | * meaning, a button number does not. |
| 966 | * |
| 967 | * @since 1.15 |
| 968 | */ |
| 969 | LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_PAD_KEY, |
| 970 | |
| 971 | LIBINPUT_EVENT_GESTURE_SWIPE_BEGIN = 800, |
| 972 | LIBINPUT_EVENT_GESTURE_SWIPE_UPDATE, |
| 973 | LIBINPUT_EVENT_GESTURE_SWIPE_END, |
| 974 | LIBINPUT_EVENT_GESTURE_PINCH_BEGIN, |
| 975 | LIBINPUT_EVENT_GESTURE_PINCH_UPDATE, |
| 976 | LIBINPUT_EVENT_GESTURE_PINCH_END, |
| 977 | /** |
| 978 | * @since 1.19 |
| 979 | */ |
| 980 | LIBINPUT_EVENT_GESTURE_HOLD_BEGIN, |
| 981 | LIBINPUT_EVENT_GESTURE_HOLD_END, |
| 982 | |
| 983 | /** |
| 984 | * @since 1.7 |
| 985 | */ |
| 986 | LIBINPUT_EVENT_SWITCH_TOGGLE = 900, |
| 987 | }; |
| 988 | |
| 989 | /** |
| 990 | * @defgroup event Accessing and destruction of events |
| 991 | */ |
| 992 | |
| 993 | /** |
| 994 | * @ingroup event |
| 995 | * |
| 996 | * Destroy the event, freeing all associated resources. Resources obtained |
| 997 | * from this event must be considered invalid after this call. |
| 998 | * |
| 999 | * @warning Unlike other structs events are considered transient and |
| 1000 | * <b>not</b> refcounted. Calling libinput_event_destroy() <b>will</b> |
| 1001 | * destroy the event. |
| 1002 | * |
| 1003 | * @param event An event retrieved by libinput_get_event(). |
| 1004 | */ |
| 1005 | void |
| 1006 | libinput_event_destroy(struct libinput_event *event); |
| 1007 | |
| 1008 | /** |
| 1009 | * @ingroup event |
| 1010 | * |
| 1011 | * Get the type of the event. |
| 1012 | * |
| 1013 | * @param event An event retrieved by libinput_get_event(). |
| 1014 | */ |
| 1015 | enum libinput_event_type |
| 1016 | libinput_event_get_type(struct libinput_event *event); |
| 1017 | |
| 1018 | /** |
| 1019 | * @ingroup event |
| 1020 | * |
| 1021 | * Get the libinput context from the event. |
| 1022 | * |
| 1023 | * @param event The libinput event |
| 1024 | * @return The libinput context for this event. |
| 1025 | */ |
| 1026 | struct libinput * |
| 1027 | libinput_event_get_context(struct libinput_event *event); |
| 1028 | |
| 1029 | /** |
| 1030 | * @ingroup event |
| 1031 | * |
| 1032 | * Return the device associated with this event. For device added/removed |
| 1033 | * events this is the device added or removed. For all other device events, |
| 1034 | * this is the device that generated the event. |
| 1035 | * |
| 1036 | * This device is not refcounted and its lifetime is that of the event. Use |
| 1037 | * libinput_device_ref() before using the device outside of this scope. |
| 1038 | * |
| 1039 | * @return The device associated with this event |
| 1040 | */ |
| 1041 | |
| 1042 | struct libinput_device * |
| 1043 | libinput_event_get_device(struct libinput_event *event); |
| 1044 | |
| 1045 | /** |
| 1046 | * @ingroup event |
| 1047 | * |
| 1048 | * Return the pointer event that is this input event. If the event type does |
| 1049 | * not match the pointer event types, this function returns NULL. |
| 1050 | * |
| 1051 | * The inverse of this function is libinput_event_pointer_get_base_event(). |
| 1052 | * |
| 1053 | * @return A pointer event, or NULL for other events |
| 1054 | */ |
| 1055 | struct libinput_event_pointer * |
| 1056 | libinput_event_get_pointer_event(struct libinput_event *event); |
| 1057 | |
| 1058 | /** |
| 1059 | * @ingroup event |
| 1060 | * |
| 1061 | * Return the keyboard event that is this input event. If the event type does |
| 1062 | * not match the keyboard event types, this function returns NULL. |
| 1063 | * |
| 1064 | * The inverse of this function is libinput_event_keyboard_get_base_event(). |
| 1065 | * |
| 1066 | * @return A keyboard event, or NULL for other events |
| 1067 | */ |
| 1068 | struct libinput_event_keyboard * |
| 1069 | libinput_event_get_keyboard_event(struct libinput_event *event); |
| 1070 | |
| 1071 | /** |
| 1072 | * @ingroup event |
| 1073 | * |
| 1074 | * Return the touch event that is this input event. If the event type does |
| 1075 | * not match the touch event types, this function returns NULL. |
| 1076 | * |
| 1077 | * The inverse of this function is libinput_event_touch_get_base_event(). |
| 1078 | * |
| 1079 | * @return A touch event, or NULL for other events |
| 1080 | */ |
| 1081 | struct libinput_event_touch * |
| 1082 | libinput_event_get_touch_event(struct libinput_event *event); |
| 1083 | |
| 1084 | /** |
| 1085 | * @ingroup event |
| 1086 | * |
| 1087 | * Return the gesture event that is this input event. If the event type does |
| 1088 | * not match the gesture event types, this function returns NULL. |
| 1089 | * |
| 1090 | * A gesture's lifetime has three distinct stages: begin, update and end, each |
| 1091 | * with their own event types. Begin is sent when the fingers are first set |
| 1092 | * down or libinput decides that the gesture begins. For @ref |
| 1093 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_GESTURE_PINCH_BEGIN this sets the initial scale. Any |
| 1094 | * events changing properties of the gesture are sent as update events. On |
| 1095 | * termination of the gesture, an end event is sent. |
| 1096 | * |
| 1097 | * The inverse of this function is libinput_event_gesture_get_base_event(). |
| 1098 | * |
| 1099 | * @return A gesture event, or NULL for other events |
| 1100 | */ |
| 1101 | struct libinput_event_gesture * |
| 1102 | libinput_event_get_gesture_event(struct libinput_event *event); |
| 1103 | |
| 1104 | /** |
| 1105 | * @ingroup event |
| 1106 | * |
| 1107 | * Return the tablet tool event that is this input event. If the event type |
| 1108 | * does not match the tablet tool event types, this function returns NULL. |
| 1109 | * |
| 1110 | * The inverse of this function is libinput_event_tablet_tool_get_base_event(). |
| 1111 | * |
| 1112 | * @return A tablet tool event, or NULL for other events |
| 1113 | * |
| 1114 | * @since 1.2 |
| 1115 | */ |
| 1116 | struct libinput_event_tablet_tool * |
| 1117 | libinput_event_get_tablet_tool_event(struct libinput_event *event); |
| 1118 | |
| 1119 | /** |
| 1120 | * @ingroup event |
| 1121 | * |
| 1122 | * Return the tablet pad event that is this input event. If the event type does not |
| 1123 | * match the tablet pad event types, this function returns NULL. |
| 1124 | * |
| 1125 | * The inverse of this function is libinput_event_tablet_pad_get_base_event(). |
| 1126 | * |
| 1127 | * @return A tablet pad event, or NULL for other events |
| 1128 | */ |
| 1129 | struct libinput_event_tablet_pad * |
| 1130 | libinput_event_get_tablet_pad_event(struct libinput_event *event); |
| 1131 | |
| 1132 | /** |
| 1133 | * @ingroup event |
| 1134 | * |
| 1135 | * Return the switch event that is this input event. If the event type does |
| 1136 | * not match the switch event types, this function returns NULL. |
| 1137 | * |
| 1138 | * The inverse of this function is libinput_event_switch_get_base_event(). |
| 1139 | * |
| 1140 | * @return A switch event, or NULL for other events |
| 1141 | * |
| 1142 | * @since 1.7 |
| 1143 | */ |
| 1144 | struct libinput_event_switch * |
| 1145 | libinput_event_get_switch_event(struct libinput_event *event); |
| 1146 | |
| 1147 | /** |
| 1148 | * @ingroup event |
| 1149 | * |
| 1150 | * Return the device event that is this input event. If the event type does |
| 1151 | * not match the device event types, this function returns NULL. |
| 1152 | * |
| 1153 | * The inverse of this function is |
| 1154 | * libinput_event_device_notify_get_base_event(). |
| 1155 | * |
| 1156 | * @return A device event, or NULL for other events |
| 1157 | */ |
| 1158 | struct libinput_event_device_notify * |
| 1159 | libinput_event_get_device_notify_event(struct libinput_event *event); |
| 1160 | |
| 1161 | /** |
| 1162 | * @ingroup event |
| 1163 | * |
| 1164 | * @return The generic libinput_event of this event |
| 1165 | */ |
| 1166 | struct libinput_event * |
| 1167 | libinput_event_device_notify_get_base_event(struct libinput_event_device_notify *event); |
| 1168 | |
| 1169 | /** |
| 1170 | * @defgroup event_keyboard Keyboard events |
| 1171 | * |
| 1172 | * Key events are generated when a key changes its logical state, usually by |
| 1173 | * being pressed or released. |
| 1174 | */ |
| 1175 | |
| 1176 | /** |
| 1177 | * @ingroup event_keyboard |
| 1178 | * |
| 1179 | * @note Timestamps may not always increase. See the libinput documentation |
| 1180 | * for more details. |
| 1181 | * |
| 1182 | * @return The event time for this event |
| 1183 | */ |
| 1184 | uint32_t |
| 1185 | libinput_event_keyboard_get_time(struct libinput_event_keyboard *event); |
| 1186 | |
| 1187 | /** |
| 1188 | * @ingroup event_keyboard |
| 1189 | * |
| 1190 | * @note Timestamps may not always increase. See the libinput documentation |
| 1191 | * for more details. |
| 1192 | * |
| 1193 | * @return The event time for this event in microseconds |
| 1194 | */ |
| 1195 | uint64_t |
| 1196 | libinput_event_keyboard_get_time_usec(struct libinput_event_keyboard *event); |
| 1197 | |
| 1198 | /** |
| 1199 | * @ingroup event_keyboard |
| 1200 | * |
| 1201 | * @return The keycode that triggered this key event |
| 1202 | */ |
| 1203 | uint32_t |
| 1204 | libinput_event_keyboard_get_key(struct libinput_event_keyboard *event); |
| 1205 | |
| 1206 | /** |
| 1207 | * @ingroup event_keyboard |
| 1208 | * |
| 1209 | * @return The state change of the key |
| 1210 | */ |
| 1211 | enum libinput_key_state |
| 1212 | libinput_event_keyboard_get_key_state(struct libinput_event_keyboard *event); |
| 1213 | |
| 1214 | /** |
| 1215 | * @ingroup event_keyboard |
| 1216 | * |
| 1217 | * @return The generic libinput_event of this event |
| 1218 | */ |
| 1219 | struct libinput_event * |
| 1220 | libinput_event_keyboard_get_base_event(struct libinput_event_keyboard *event); |
| 1221 | |
| 1222 | /** |
| 1223 | * @ingroup event_keyboard |
| 1224 | * |
| 1225 | * For the key of a @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_KEYBOARD_KEY event, return the total number |
| 1226 | * of keys pressed on all devices on the associated seat after the event was |
| 1227 | * triggered. |
| 1228 | * |
| 1229 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other than |
| 1230 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_KEYBOARD_KEY. For other events, this function returns 0. |
| 1231 | * |
| 1232 | * @return The seat wide pressed key count for the key of this event |
| 1233 | */ |
| 1234 | uint32_t |
| 1235 | libinput_event_keyboard_get_seat_key_count( |
| 1236 | struct libinput_event_keyboard *event); |
| 1237 | |
| 1238 | /** |
| 1239 | * @defgroup event_pointer Pointer events |
| 1240 | * |
| 1241 | * Pointer events reflect motion, button and scroll events, as well as |
| 1242 | * events from other axes. |
| 1243 | */ |
| 1244 | |
| 1245 | /** |
| 1246 | * @ingroup event_pointer |
| 1247 | * |
| 1248 | * @note Timestamps may not always increase. See the libinput documentation |
| 1249 | * for more details. |
| 1250 | * |
| 1251 | * @return The event time for this event |
| 1252 | */ |
| 1253 | uint32_t |
| 1254 | libinput_event_pointer_get_time(struct libinput_event_pointer *event); |
| 1255 | |
| 1256 | /** |
| 1257 | * @ingroup event_pointer |
| 1258 | * |
| 1259 | * @note Timestamps may not always increase. See the libinput documentation |
| 1260 | * for more details. |
| 1261 | * |
| 1262 | * @return The event time for this event in microseconds |
| 1263 | */ |
| 1264 | uint64_t |
| 1265 | libinput_event_pointer_get_time_usec(struct libinput_event_pointer *event); |
| 1266 | |
| 1267 | /** |
| 1268 | * @ingroup event_pointer |
| 1269 | * |
| 1270 | * Return the delta between the last event and the current event. For pointer |
| 1271 | * events that are not of type @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_MOTION, this |
| 1272 | * function returns 0. |
| 1273 | * |
| 1274 | * If a device employs pointer acceleration, the delta returned by this |
| 1275 | * function is the accelerated delta. |
| 1276 | * |
| 1277 | * Relative motion deltas are to be interpreted as pixel movement of a |
| 1278 | * standardized mouse. See the libinput documentation for more details. |
| 1279 | * |
| 1280 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other than |
| 1281 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_MOTION. |
| 1282 | * |
| 1283 | * @return The relative x movement since the last event |
| 1284 | */ |
| 1285 | double |
| 1286 | libinput_event_pointer_get_dx(struct libinput_event_pointer *event); |
| 1287 | |
| 1288 | /** |
| 1289 | * @ingroup event_pointer |
| 1290 | * |
| 1291 | * Return the delta between the last event and the current event. For pointer |
| 1292 | * events that are not of type @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_MOTION, this |
| 1293 | * function returns 0. |
| 1294 | * |
| 1295 | * If a device employs pointer acceleration, the delta returned by this |
| 1296 | * function is the accelerated delta. |
| 1297 | * |
| 1298 | * Relative motion deltas are to be interpreted as pixel movement of a |
| 1299 | * standardized mouse. See the libinput documentation for more details. |
| 1300 | * |
| 1301 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other than |
| 1302 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_MOTION. |
| 1303 | * |
| 1304 | * @return The relative y movement since the last event |
| 1305 | */ |
| 1306 | double |
| 1307 | libinput_event_pointer_get_dy(struct libinput_event_pointer *event); |
| 1308 | |
| 1309 | /** |
| 1310 | * @ingroup event_pointer |
| 1311 | * |
| 1312 | * Return the relative delta of the unaccelerated motion vector of the |
| 1313 | * current event. For pointer events that are not of type @ref |
| 1314 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_MOTION, this function returns 0. |
| 1315 | * |
| 1316 | * Relative unaccelerated motion deltas are raw device coordinates. |
| 1317 | * Note that these coordinates are subject to the device's native |
| 1318 | * resolution. Touchpad coordinates represent raw device coordinates in the |
| 1319 | * X resolution of the touchpad. See the libinput documentation for more |
| 1320 | * details. |
| 1321 | * |
| 1322 | * Any rotation applied to the device also applies to unaccelerated motion |
| 1323 | * (see libinput_device_config_rotation_set_angle()). |
| 1324 | * |
| 1325 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other than |
| 1326 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_MOTION. |
| 1327 | * |
| 1328 | * @return The unaccelerated relative x movement since the last event |
| 1329 | */ |
| 1330 | double |
| 1331 | libinput_event_pointer_get_dx_unaccelerated( |
| 1332 | struct libinput_event_pointer *event); |
| 1333 | |
| 1334 | /** |
| 1335 | * @ingroup event_pointer |
| 1336 | * |
| 1337 | * Return the relative delta of the unaccelerated motion vector of the |
| 1338 | * current event. For pointer events that are not of type @ref |
| 1339 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_MOTION, this function returns 0. |
| 1340 | * |
| 1341 | * Relative unaccelerated motion deltas are raw device coordinates. |
| 1342 | * Note that these coordinates are subject to the device's native |
| 1343 | * resolution. Touchpad coordinates represent raw device coordinates in the |
| 1344 | * X resolution of the touchpad. See the libinput documentation for more |
| 1345 | * details. |
| 1346 | * |
| 1347 | * Any rotation applied to the device also applies to unaccelerated motion |
| 1348 | * (see libinput_device_config_rotation_set_angle()). |
| 1349 | * |
| 1350 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other than |
| 1351 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_MOTION. |
| 1352 | * |
| 1353 | * @return The unaccelerated relative y movement since the last event |
| 1354 | */ |
| 1355 | double |
| 1356 | libinput_event_pointer_get_dy_unaccelerated( |
| 1357 | struct libinput_event_pointer *event); |
| 1358 | |
| 1359 | /** |
| 1360 | * @ingroup event_pointer |
| 1361 | * |
| 1362 | * Return the current absolute x coordinate of the pointer event, in mm from |
| 1363 | * the top left corner of the device. To get the corresponding output screen |
| 1364 | * coordinate, use libinput_event_pointer_get_absolute_x_transformed(). |
| 1365 | * |
| 1366 | * For pointer events that are not of type |
| 1367 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_MOTION_ABSOLUTE, this function returns 0. |
| 1368 | * |
| 1369 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other than |
| 1370 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_MOTION_ABSOLUTE. |
| 1371 | * |
| 1372 | * @return The current absolute x coordinate |
| 1373 | */ |
| 1374 | double |
| 1375 | libinput_event_pointer_get_absolute_x(struct libinput_event_pointer *event); |
| 1376 | |
| 1377 | /** |
| 1378 | * @ingroup event_pointer |
| 1379 | * |
| 1380 | * Return the current absolute y coordinate of the pointer event, in mm from |
| 1381 | * the top left corner of the device. To get the corresponding output screen |
| 1382 | * coordinate, use libinput_event_pointer_get_absolute_y_transformed(). |
| 1383 | * |
| 1384 | * For pointer events that are not of type |
| 1385 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_MOTION_ABSOLUTE, this function returns 0. |
| 1386 | * |
| 1387 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other than |
| 1388 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_MOTION_ABSOLUTE. |
| 1389 | * |
| 1390 | * @return The current absolute y coordinate |
| 1391 | */ |
| 1392 | double |
| 1393 | libinput_event_pointer_get_absolute_y(struct libinput_event_pointer *event); |
| 1394 | |
| 1395 | /** |
| 1396 | * @ingroup event_pointer |
| 1397 | * |
| 1398 | * Return the current absolute x coordinate of the pointer event, transformed to |
| 1399 | * screen coordinates. |
| 1400 | * |
| 1401 | * For pointer events that are not of type |
| 1402 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_MOTION_ABSOLUTE, the return value of this |
| 1403 | * function is undefined. |
| 1404 | * |
| 1405 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other than |
| 1406 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_MOTION_ABSOLUTE. |
| 1407 | * |
| 1408 | * @param event The libinput pointer event |
| 1409 | * @param width The current output screen width |
| 1410 | * @return The current absolute x coordinate transformed to a screen coordinate |
| 1411 | */ |
| 1412 | double |
| 1413 | libinput_event_pointer_get_absolute_x_transformed( |
| 1414 | struct libinput_event_pointer *event, |
| 1415 | uint32_t width); |
| 1416 | |
| 1417 | /** |
| 1418 | * @ingroup event_pointer |
| 1419 | * |
| 1420 | * Return the current absolute y coordinate of the pointer event, transformed to |
| 1421 | * screen coordinates. |
| 1422 | * |
| 1423 | * For pointer events that are not of type |
| 1424 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_MOTION_ABSOLUTE, the return value of this function is |
| 1425 | * undefined. |
| 1426 | * |
| 1427 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other than |
| 1428 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_MOTION_ABSOLUTE. |
| 1429 | * |
| 1430 | * @param event The libinput pointer event |
| 1431 | * @param height The current output screen height |
| 1432 | * @return The current absolute y coordinate transformed to a screen coordinate |
| 1433 | */ |
| 1434 | double |
| 1435 | libinput_event_pointer_get_absolute_y_transformed( |
| 1436 | struct libinput_event_pointer *event, |
| 1437 | uint32_t height); |
| 1438 | |
| 1439 | /** |
| 1440 | * @ingroup event_pointer |
| 1441 | * |
| 1442 | * Return the button that triggered this event. |
| 1443 | * For pointer events that are not of type @ref |
| 1444 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_BUTTON, this function returns 0. |
| 1445 | * |
| 1446 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other than |
| 1447 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_BUTTON. |
| 1448 | * |
| 1449 | * @return The button triggering this event |
| 1450 | */ |
| 1451 | uint32_t |
| 1452 | libinput_event_pointer_get_button(struct libinput_event_pointer *event); |
| 1453 | |
| 1454 | /** |
| 1455 | * @ingroup event_pointer |
| 1456 | * |
| 1457 | * Return the button state that triggered this event. |
| 1458 | * For pointer events that are not of type @ref |
| 1459 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_BUTTON, this function returns 0. |
| 1460 | * |
| 1461 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other than |
| 1462 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_BUTTON. |
| 1463 | * |
| 1464 | * @return The button state triggering this event |
| 1465 | */ |
| 1466 | enum libinput_button_state |
| 1467 | libinput_event_pointer_get_button_state(struct libinput_event_pointer *event); |
| 1468 | |
| 1469 | /** |
| 1470 | * @ingroup event_pointer |
| 1471 | * |
| 1472 | * For the button of a @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_BUTTON event, return the |
| 1473 | * total number of buttons pressed on all devices on the associated seat |
| 1474 | * after the event was triggered. |
| 1475 | * |
| 1476 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other than |
| 1477 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_BUTTON. For other events, this function |
| 1478 | * returns 0. |
| 1479 | * |
| 1480 | * @return The seat wide pressed button count for the key of this event |
| 1481 | */ |
| 1482 | uint32_t |
| 1483 | libinput_event_pointer_get_seat_button_count( |
| 1484 | struct libinput_event_pointer *event); |
| 1485 | |
| 1486 | /** |
| 1487 | * @ingroup event_pointer |
| 1488 | * |
| 1489 | * Check if the event has a valid value for the given axis. |
| 1490 | * |
| 1491 | * If this function returns non-zero for an axis and |
| 1492 | * libinput_event_pointer_get_axis_value() returns a value of 0, the event |
| 1493 | * is a scroll stop event. |
| 1494 | * |
| 1495 | * For pointer events that are not of type @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_AXIS, |
| 1496 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_WHEEL, @ref |
| 1497 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_FINGER, or @ref |
| 1498 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_CONTINUOUS this function returns 0. |
| 1499 | * |
| 1500 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other than |
| 1501 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_AXIS, |
| 1502 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_WHEEL, |
| 1503 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_FINGER, or |
| 1504 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_CONTINUOUS. |
| 1505 | * |
| 1506 | * @return Non-zero if this event contains a value for this axis |
| 1507 | */ |
| 1508 | int |
| 1509 | libinput_event_pointer_has_axis(struct libinput_event_pointer *event, |
| 1510 | enum libinput_pointer_axis axis); |
| 1511 | |
| 1512 | /** |
| 1513 | * @ingroup event_pointer |
| 1514 | * |
| 1515 | * Return the axis value of the given axis. The interpretation of the value |
| 1516 | * depends on the axis. For the two scrolling axes |
| 1517 | * @ref LIBINPUT_POINTER_AXIS_SCROLL_VERTICAL and |
| 1518 | * @ref LIBINPUT_POINTER_AXIS_SCROLL_HORIZONTAL, the value of the event is in |
| 1519 | * relative scroll units, with the positive direction being down or right, |
| 1520 | * respectively. For the interpretation of the value, see |
| 1521 | * libinput_event_pointer_get_axis_source(). |
| 1522 | * |
| 1523 | * If libinput_event_pointer_has_axis() returns 0 for an axis, this function |
| 1524 | * returns 0 for that axis. |
| 1525 | * |
| 1526 | * For pointer events that are not of type @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_AXIS, |
| 1527 | * this function returns 0. |
| 1528 | * |
| 1529 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other than |
| 1530 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_AXIS. |
| 1531 | * |
| 1532 | * @return The axis value of this event |
| 1533 | * |
| 1534 | * @see libinput_event_pointer_get_axis_value_discrete |
| 1535 | */ |
| 1536 | double |
| 1537 | libinput_event_pointer_get_axis_value(struct libinput_event_pointer *event, |
| 1538 | enum libinput_pointer_axis axis); |
| 1539 | |
| 1540 | /** |
| 1541 | * @ingroup event_pointer |
| 1542 | * |
| 1543 | * Return the source for a given axis event. Axis events (scroll events) can |
| 1544 | * be caused by a hardware item such as a scroll wheel or emulated from |
| 1545 | * other input sources, such as two-finger or edge scrolling on a |
| 1546 | * touchpad. |
| 1547 | * |
| 1548 | * If the source is @ref LIBINPUT_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_FINGER, libinput |
| 1549 | * guarantees that a scroll sequence is terminated with a scroll value of 0. |
| 1550 | * A caller may use this information to decide on whether kinetic scrolling |
| 1551 | * should be triggered on this scroll sequence. |
| 1552 | * The coordinate system is identical to the cursor movement, i.e. a |
| 1553 | * scroll value of 1 represents the equivalent relative motion of 1. |
| 1554 | * |
| 1555 | * If the source is @ref LIBINPUT_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_WHEEL, no terminating |
| 1556 | * event is guaranteed (though it may happen). |
| 1557 | * Scrolling is in discrete steps, the value is the angle the wheel moved |
| 1558 | * in degrees. The default is 15 degrees per wheel click, but some mice may |
| 1559 | * have differently grained wheels. It is up to the caller how to interpret |
| 1560 | * such different step sizes. Callers should use |
| 1561 | * libinput_event_pointer_get_scroll_value_v120() for a simpler API of |
| 1562 | * handling scroll wheel events of different step sizes. |
| 1563 | * |
| 1564 | * If the source is @ref LIBINPUT_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_CONTINUOUS, libinput |
| 1565 | * guarantees that a scroll sequence is terminated with a scroll value of 0. |
| 1566 | * The coordinate system is identical to the cursor movement, i.e. a |
| 1567 | * scroll value of 1 represents the equivalent relative motion of 1. |
| 1568 | * |
| 1569 | * @deprecated The source @ref LIBINPUT_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_WHEEL_TILT is |
| 1570 | * deprecated as of libinput 1.16. No device has ever sent this source. |
| 1571 | * |
| 1572 | * For pointer events that are not of type @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_AXIS, |
| 1573 | * this function returns 0. |
| 1574 | * |
| 1575 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other than |
| 1576 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_AXIS. |
| 1577 | * |
| 1578 | * @note This function is superfluous as of libinput 1.19. The event |
| 1579 | * codes for @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_WHEEL, @ref |
| 1580 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_FINGER and @ref |
| 1581 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_CONTINUOUS have the axis source encoded in |
| 1582 | * the event type. |
| 1583 | * |
| 1584 | * @return The source for this axis event |
| 1585 | */ |
| 1586 | enum libinput_pointer_axis_source |
| 1587 | libinput_event_pointer_get_axis_source(struct libinput_event_pointer *event); |
| 1588 | |
| 1589 | /** |
| 1590 | * @ingroup event_pointer |
| 1591 | * |
| 1592 | * Return the axis value in discrete steps for a given axis event. How a |
| 1593 | * value translates into a discrete step depends on the source. |
| 1594 | * |
| 1595 | * @note This function does not support high-resolution mouse wheels and |
| 1596 | * should be considered deprecated as of libinput 1.19. Callers should use |
| 1597 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_WHEEL and |
| 1598 | * libinput_event_pointer_get_scroll_value_v120() instead. |
| 1599 | * |
| 1600 | * If the event is not of type @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_AXIS, this |
| 1601 | * function returns 0. |
| 1602 | * |
| 1603 | * If the source is @ref LIBINPUT_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_WHEEL, the discrete |
| 1604 | * value correspond to the number of physical mouse wheel clicks. |
| 1605 | * |
| 1606 | * If the source is @ref LIBINPUT_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_CONTINUOUS or @ref |
| 1607 | * LIBINPUT_POINTER_AXIS_SOURCE_FINGER, the discrete value is always 0. |
| 1608 | * |
| 1609 | * @return The discrete value for the given event. |
| 1610 | * |
| 1611 | * @see libinput_event_pointer_get_axis_value |
| 1612 | * @see libinput_event_pointer_get_scroll_value_v120 |
| 1613 | */ |
| 1614 | double |
| 1615 | libinput_event_pointer_get_axis_value_discrete(struct libinput_event_pointer *event, |
| 1616 | enum libinput_pointer_axis axis); |
| 1617 | |
| 1618 | /** |
| 1619 | * @ingroup event_pointer |
| 1620 | * |
| 1621 | * Return the axis value of the given axis. The interpretation of the value |
| 1622 | * depends on the axis. For the two scrolling axes |
| 1623 | * @ref LIBINPUT_POINTER_AXIS_SCROLL_VERTICAL and |
| 1624 | * @ref LIBINPUT_POINTER_AXIS_SCROLL_HORIZONTAL, the value of the event is in |
| 1625 | * relative scroll units, with the positive direction being down or right, |
| 1626 | * respectively. If libinput_event_pointer_has_axis() returns 0 for an axis, |
| 1627 | * this function returns 0 for that axis. |
| 1628 | * |
| 1629 | * If the event is @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_FINGER, libinput |
| 1630 | * guarantees that a scroll sequence is terminated with a scroll value of 0. |
| 1631 | * A caller may use this information to decide on whether kinetic scrolling |
| 1632 | * should be triggered on this scroll sequence. |
| 1633 | * The coordinate system is identical to the cursor movement, i.e. a |
| 1634 | * scroll value of 1 represents the equivalent relative motion of 1. |
| 1635 | * |
| 1636 | * If the event is @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_WHEEL, no terminating |
| 1637 | * event is guaranteed (though it may happen). |
| 1638 | * Scrolling is in discrete steps, the value is the angle the wheel moved |
| 1639 | * in degrees. The default is 15 degrees per wheel click, but some mice may |
| 1640 | * have differently grained wheels. It is up to the caller how to interpret |
| 1641 | * such different step sizes. Callers should use |
| 1642 | * libinput_event_pointer_get_scroll_value_v120() for a simpler API of |
| 1643 | * handling scroll wheel events of different step sizes. |
| 1644 | * |
| 1645 | * If the event is @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_CONTINUOUS, libinput |
| 1646 | * guarantees that a scroll sequence is terminated with a scroll value of 0. |
| 1647 | * The coordinate system is identical to the cursor movement, i.e. a |
| 1648 | * scroll value of 1 represents the equivalent relative motion of 1. |
| 1649 | * |
| 1650 | * For pointer events that are not of type |
| 1651 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_WHEEL, |
| 1652 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_FINGER, or |
| 1653 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_CONTINUOUS, this function returns zero. |
| 1654 | * |
| 1655 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other than |
| 1656 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_WHEEL, |
| 1657 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_FINGER, or |
| 1658 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_CONTINUOUS. |
| 1659 | * |
| 1660 | * @return The axis value of this event |
| 1661 | * |
| 1662 | * @see libinput_event_pointer_get_scroll_value_v120 |
| 1663 | * |
| 1664 | * @since 1.19 |
| 1665 | */ |
| 1666 | double |
| 1667 | libinput_event_pointer_get_scroll_value(struct libinput_event_pointer *event, |
| 1668 | enum libinput_pointer_axis axis); |
| 1669 | |
| 1670 | /** |
| 1671 | * @ingroup event_pointer |
| 1672 | * |
| 1673 | * For events of type @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_WHEEL |
| 1674 | * the v120-normalized value represents the movement in logical mouse wheel |
| 1675 | * clicks, normalized to the -120..+120 range. |
| 1676 | * |
| 1677 | * A value that is a fraction of ±120 indicates a wheel movement less than |
| 1678 | * one logical click, a caller should either scroll by the respective |
| 1679 | * fraction of the normal scroll distance or accumulate that value until a |
| 1680 | * multiple of 120 is reached. |
| 1681 | * |
| 1682 | * For most callers, this is the preferred way of handling high-resolution |
| 1683 | * scroll events. |
| 1684 | * |
| 1685 | * The normalized v120 value does not take device-specific physical angles |
| 1686 | * or distances into account, i.e. a wheel with a click angle of 20 degrees |
| 1687 | * produces only 18 logical clicks per 360 degree rotation, a wheel with a |
| 1688 | * click angle of 15 degrees produces 24 logical clicks per 360 degree |
| 1689 | * rotation. Where the physical angle matters, use |
| 1690 | * libinput_event_pointer_get_axis_value() instead. |
| 1691 | * |
| 1692 | * The magic number 120 originates from the <a |
| 1693 | * href="http://download.microsoft.com/download/b/d/1/bd1f7ef4-7d72-419e-bc5c-9f79ad7bb66e/wheel.docx"> |
| 1694 | * Windows Vista Mouse Wheel design document</a>. |
| 1695 | * |
| 1696 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other than |
| 1697 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_POINTER_SCROLL_WHEEL. |
| 1698 | * |
| 1699 | * @return A value normalized to the 0-±120 range |
| 1700 | * |
| 1701 | * @see libinput_event_pointer_get_axis_value |
| 1702 | * @see libinput_event_pointer_get_axis_value_discrete |
| 1703 | * |
| 1704 | * @since 1.19 |
| 1705 | */ |
| 1706 | double |
| 1707 | libinput_event_pointer_get_scroll_value_v120(struct libinput_event_pointer *event, |
| 1708 | enum libinput_pointer_axis axis); |
| 1709 | |
| 1710 | /** |
| 1711 | * @ingroup event_pointer |
| 1712 | * |
| 1713 | * @return The generic libinput_event of this event |
| 1714 | */ |
| 1715 | struct libinput_event * |
| 1716 | libinput_event_pointer_get_base_event(struct libinput_event_pointer *event); |
| 1717 | |
| 1718 | /** |
| 1719 | * @defgroup event_touch Touch events |
| 1720 | * |
| 1721 | * Events from absolute touch devices. |
| 1722 | */ |
| 1723 | |
| 1724 | /** |
| 1725 | * @ingroup event_touch |
| 1726 | * |
| 1727 | * @note Timestamps may not always increase. See the libinput documentation |
| 1728 | * for more details. |
| 1729 | * |
| 1730 | * @return The event time for this event |
| 1731 | */ |
| 1732 | uint32_t |
| 1733 | libinput_event_touch_get_time(struct libinput_event_touch *event); |
| 1734 | |
| 1735 | /** |
| 1736 | * @ingroup event_touch |
| 1737 | * |
| 1738 | * @note Timestamps may not always increase. See the libinput documentation |
| 1739 | * for more details. |
| 1740 | * |
| 1741 | * @return The event time for this event in microseconds |
| 1742 | */ |
| 1743 | uint64_t |
| 1744 | libinput_event_touch_get_time_usec(struct libinput_event_touch *event); |
| 1745 | |
| 1746 | /** |
| 1747 | * @ingroup event_touch |
| 1748 | * |
| 1749 | * Get the slot of this touch event. See the kernel's multitouch |
| 1750 | * protocol B documentation for more information. |
| 1751 | * |
| 1752 | * If the touch event has no assigned slot, for example if it is from a |
| 1753 | * single touch device, this function returns -1. |
| 1754 | * |
| 1755 | * For events not of type @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_DOWN, @ref |
| 1756 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_UP, @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_MOTION or @ref |
| 1757 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_CANCEL, this function returns 0. |
| 1758 | * |
| 1759 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events of type |
| 1760 | * other than @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_DOWN, @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_UP, |
| 1761 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_MOTION or @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_CANCEL. |
| 1762 | * |
| 1763 | * @return The slot of this touch event |
| 1764 | */ |
| 1765 | int32_t |
| 1766 | libinput_event_touch_get_slot(struct libinput_event_touch *event); |
| 1767 | |
| 1768 | /** |
| 1769 | * @ingroup event_touch |
| 1770 | * |
| 1771 | * Get the seat slot of the touch event. A seat slot is a non-negative seat |
| 1772 | * wide unique identifier of an active touch point. |
| 1773 | * |
| 1774 | * Events from single touch devices will be represented as one individual |
| 1775 | * touch point per device. |
| 1776 | * |
| 1777 | * For events not of type @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_DOWN, @ref |
| 1778 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_UP, @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_MOTION or @ref |
| 1779 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_CANCEL, this function returns 0. |
| 1780 | * |
| 1781 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events of type |
| 1782 | * other than @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_DOWN, @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_UP, |
| 1783 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_MOTION or @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_CANCEL. |
| 1784 | * |
| 1785 | * @return The seat slot of the touch event |
| 1786 | */ |
| 1787 | int32_t |
| 1788 | libinput_event_touch_get_seat_slot(struct libinput_event_touch *event); |
| 1789 | |
| 1790 | /** |
| 1791 | * @ingroup event_touch |
| 1792 | * |
| 1793 | * Return the current absolute x coordinate of the touch event, in mm from |
| 1794 | * the top left corner of the device. To get the corresponding output screen |
| 1795 | * coordinate, use libinput_event_touch_get_x_transformed(). |
| 1796 | * |
| 1797 | * For events not of type @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_DOWN, @ref |
| 1798 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_MOTION, this function returns 0. |
| 1799 | * |
| 1800 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events of type |
| 1801 | * other than @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_DOWN or @ref |
| 1802 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_MOTION. |
| 1803 | * |
| 1804 | * @param event The libinput touch event |
| 1805 | * @return The current absolute x coordinate |
| 1806 | */ |
| 1807 | double |
| 1808 | libinput_event_touch_get_x(struct libinput_event_touch *event); |
| 1809 | |
| 1810 | /** |
| 1811 | * @ingroup event_touch |
| 1812 | * |
| 1813 | * Return the current absolute y coordinate of the touch event, in mm from |
| 1814 | * the top left corner of the device. To get the corresponding output screen |
| 1815 | * coordinate, use libinput_event_touch_get_y_transformed(). |
| 1816 | * |
| 1817 | * For events not of type @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_DOWN, @ref |
| 1818 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_MOTION, this function returns 0. |
| 1819 | * |
| 1820 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events of type |
| 1821 | * other than @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_DOWN or @ref |
| 1822 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_MOTION. |
| 1823 | * |
| 1824 | * @param event The libinput touch event |
| 1825 | * @return The current absolute y coordinate |
| 1826 | */ |
| 1827 | double |
| 1828 | libinput_event_touch_get_y(struct libinput_event_touch *event); |
| 1829 | |
| 1830 | /** |
| 1831 | * @ingroup event_touch |
| 1832 | * |
| 1833 | * Return the current absolute x coordinate of the touch event, transformed to |
| 1834 | * screen coordinates. |
| 1835 | * |
| 1836 | * For events not of type @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_DOWN, @ref |
| 1837 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_MOTION, this function returns 0. |
| 1838 | * |
| 1839 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events of type |
| 1840 | * other than @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_DOWN or @ref |
| 1841 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_MOTION. |
| 1842 | * |
| 1843 | * @param event The libinput touch event |
| 1844 | * @param width The current output screen width |
| 1845 | * @return The current absolute x coordinate transformed to a screen coordinate |
| 1846 | */ |
| 1847 | double |
| 1848 | libinput_event_touch_get_x_transformed(struct libinput_event_touch *event, |
| 1849 | uint32_t width); |
| 1850 | |
| 1851 | /** |
| 1852 | * @ingroup event_touch |
| 1853 | * |
| 1854 | * Return the current absolute y coordinate of the touch event, transformed to |
| 1855 | * screen coordinates. |
| 1856 | * |
| 1857 | * For events not of type @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_DOWN, @ref |
| 1858 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_MOTION, this function returns 0. |
| 1859 | * |
| 1860 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events of type |
| 1861 | * other than @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_DOWN or @ref |
| 1862 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TOUCH_MOTION. |
| 1863 | * |
| 1864 | * @param event The libinput touch event |
| 1865 | * @param height The current output screen height |
| 1866 | * @return The current absolute y coordinate transformed to a screen coordinate |
| 1867 | */ |
| 1868 | double |
| 1869 | libinput_event_touch_get_y_transformed(struct libinput_event_touch *event, |
| 1870 | uint32_t height); |
| 1871 | |
| 1872 | /** |
| 1873 | * @ingroup event_touch |
| 1874 | * |
| 1875 | * @return The generic libinput_event of this event |
| 1876 | */ |
| 1877 | struct libinput_event * |
| 1878 | libinput_event_touch_get_base_event(struct libinput_event_touch *event); |
| 1879 | |
| 1880 | /** |
| 1881 | * @defgroup event_gesture Gesture events |
| 1882 | * |
| 1883 | * Gesture events are generated when a gesture is recognized on a touchpad. |
| 1884 | * |
| 1885 | * Gesture sequences always start with a LIBINPUT_EVENT_GESTURE_FOO_START |
| 1886 | * event. All following gesture events will be of the |
| 1887 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_GESTURE_FOO_UPDATE type until a |
| 1888 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_GESTURE_FOO_END is generated which signals the end of the |
| 1889 | * gesture. |
| 1890 | * |
| 1891 | * See the libinput documentation for details on gesture handling. |
| 1892 | */ |
| 1893 | |
| 1894 | /** |
| 1895 | * @ingroup event_gesture |
| 1896 | * |
| 1897 | * @note Timestamps may not always increase. See the libinput documentation |
| 1898 | * for more details. |
| 1899 | * |
| 1900 | * @return The event time for this event |
| 1901 | */ |
| 1902 | uint32_t |
| 1903 | libinput_event_gesture_get_time(struct libinput_event_gesture *event); |
| 1904 | |
| 1905 | /** |
| 1906 | * @ingroup event_gesture |
| 1907 | * |
| 1908 | * @note Timestamps may not always increase. See the libinput documentation |
| 1909 | * for more details. |
| 1910 | * |
| 1911 | * @return The event time for this event in microseconds |
| 1912 | */ |
| 1913 | uint64_t |
| 1914 | libinput_event_gesture_get_time_usec(struct libinput_event_gesture *event); |
| 1915 | |
| 1916 | /** |
| 1917 | * @ingroup event_gesture |
| 1918 | * |
| 1919 | * @return The generic libinput_event of this event |
| 1920 | */ |
| 1921 | struct libinput_event * |
| 1922 | libinput_event_gesture_get_base_event(struct libinput_event_gesture *event); |
| 1923 | |
| 1924 | /** |
| 1925 | * @ingroup event_gesture |
| 1926 | * |
| 1927 | * Return the number of fingers used for a gesture. This can be used e.g. |
| 1928 | * to differentiate between 3 or 4 finger swipes. |
| 1929 | * |
| 1930 | * This function can be called on all gesture events and the returned finger |
| 1931 | * count value remains the same for the lifetime of a gesture. Thus, if a |
| 1932 | * user puts down a fourth finger during a three-finger swipe gesture, |
| 1933 | * libinput will end the three-finger gesture and, if applicable, start a |
| 1934 | * four-finger swipe gesture. A caller may decide that those gestures are |
| 1935 | * semantically identical and continue the two gestures as one single gesture. |
| 1936 | * |
| 1937 | * @return the number of fingers used for a gesture |
| 1938 | */ |
| 1939 | int |
| 1940 | libinput_event_gesture_get_finger_count(struct libinput_event_gesture *event); |
| 1941 | |
| 1942 | /** |
| 1943 | * @ingroup event_gesture |
| 1944 | * |
| 1945 | * Return if the gesture ended normally, or if it was cancelled. |
| 1946 | * For gesture events that are not of type |
| 1947 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_GESTURE_SWIPE_END or |
| 1948 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_GESTURE_PINCH_END, this function returns 0. |
| 1949 | * |
| 1950 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other than |
| 1951 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_GESTURE_SWIPE_END or |
| 1952 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_GESTURE_PINCH_END. |
| 1953 | * |
| 1954 | * @return 0 or 1, with 1 indicating that the gesture was cancelled. |
| 1955 | */ |
| 1956 | int |
| 1957 | libinput_event_gesture_get_cancelled(struct libinput_event_gesture *event); |
| 1958 | |
| 1959 | /** |
| 1960 | * @ingroup event_gesture |
| 1961 | * |
| 1962 | * Return the delta between the last event and the current event. For gesture |
| 1963 | * events that are not of type @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_GESTURE_SWIPE_UPDATE or |
| 1964 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_GESTURE_PINCH_UPDATE, this function returns 0. |
| 1965 | * |
| 1966 | * If a device employs pointer acceleration, the delta returned by this |
| 1967 | * function is the accelerated delta. |
| 1968 | * |
| 1969 | * Relative motion deltas are normalized to represent those of a device with |
| 1970 | * 1000dpi resolution. See the libinput documentation for more details. |
| 1971 | * |
| 1972 | * @return the relative x movement since the last event |
| 1973 | */ |
| 1974 | double |
| 1975 | libinput_event_gesture_get_dx(struct libinput_event_gesture *event); |
| 1976 | |
| 1977 | /** |
| 1978 | * @ingroup event_gesture |
| 1979 | * |
| 1980 | * Return the delta between the last event and the current event. For gesture |
| 1981 | * events that are not of type @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_GESTURE_SWIPE_UPDATE or |
| 1982 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_GESTURE_PINCH_UPDATE, this function returns 0. |
| 1983 | * |
| 1984 | * If a device employs pointer acceleration, the delta returned by this |
| 1985 | * function is the accelerated delta. |
| 1986 | * |
| 1987 | * Relative motion deltas are normalized to represent those of a device with |
| 1988 | * 1000dpi resolution. See the libinput documentation for more details. |
| 1989 | * |
| 1990 | * @return the relative y movement since the last event |
| 1991 | */ |
| 1992 | double |
| 1993 | libinput_event_gesture_get_dy(struct libinput_event_gesture *event); |
| 1994 | |
| 1995 | /** |
| 1996 | * @ingroup event_gesture |
| 1997 | * |
| 1998 | * Return the relative delta of the unaccelerated motion vector of the |
| 1999 | * current event. For gesture events that are not of type |
| 2000 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_GESTURE_SWIPE_UPDATE or |
| 2001 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_GESTURE_PINCH_UPDATE, this function returns 0. |
| 2002 | * |
| 2003 | * Relative unaccelerated motion deltas are normalized to represent those of a |
| 2004 | * device with 1000dpi resolution. See the libinput documentation for more |
| 2005 | * details. Note that unaccelerated events are not equivalent to 'raw' events |
| 2006 | * as read from the device. |
| 2007 | * |
| 2008 | * Any rotation applied to the device also applies to gesture motion |
| 2009 | * (see libinput_device_config_rotation_set_angle()). |
| 2010 | * |
| 2011 | * @return the unaccelerated relative x movement since the last event |
| 2012 | */ |
| 2013 | double |
| 2014 | libinput_event_gesture_get_dx_unaccelerated( |
| 2015 | struct libinput_event_gesture *event); |
| 2016 | |
| 2017 | /** |
| 2018 | * @ingroup event_gesture |
| 2019 | * |
| 2020 | * Return the relative delta of the unaccelerated motion vector of the |
| 2021 | * current event. For gesture events that are not of type |
| 2022 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_GESTURE_SWIPE_UPDATE or |
| 2023 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_GESTURE_PINCH_UPDATE, this function returns 0. |
| 2024 | * |
| 2025 | * Relative unaccelerated motion deltas are normalized to represent those of a |
| 2026 | * device with 1000dpi resolution. See the libinput documentation for more |
| 2027 | * details. Note that unaccelerated events are not equivalent to 'raw' events |
| 2028 | * as read from the device. |
| 2029 | * |
| 2030 | * Any rotation applied to the device also applies to gesture motion |
| 2031 | * (see libinput_device_config_rotation_set_angle()). |
| 2032 | * |
| 2033 | * @return the unaccelerated relative y movement since the last event |
| 2034 | */ |
| 2035 | double |
| 2036 | libinput_event_gesture_get_dy_unaccelerated( |
| 2037 | struct libinput_event_gesture *event); |
| 2038 | |
| 2039 | /** |
| 2040 | * @ingroup event_gesture |
| 2041 | * |
| 2042 | * Return the absolute scale of a pinch gesture, the scale is the division |
| 2043 | * of the current distance between the fingers and the distance at the start |
| 2044 | * of the gesture. The scale begins at 1.0, and if e.g. the fingers moved |
| 2045 | * together by 50% then the scale will become 0.5, if they move twice as far |
| 2046 | * apart as initially the scale becomes 2.0, etc. |
| 2047 | * |
| 2048 | * For gesture events that are of type @ref |
| 2049 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_GESTURE_PINCH_BEGIN, this function returns 1.0. |
| 2050 | * |
| 2051 | * For gesture events that are of type @ref |
| 2052 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_GESTURE_PINCH_END, this function returns the scale value |
| 2053 | * of the most recent @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_GESTURE_PINCH_UPDATE event (if |
| 2054 | * any) or 1.0 otherwise. |
| 2055 | * |
| 2056 | * For all other events this function returns 0. |
| 2057 | * |
| 2058 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other than |
| 2059 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_GESTURE_PINCH_BEGIN, @ref |
| 2060 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_GESTURE_PINCH_END or |
| 2061 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_GESTURE_PINCH_UPDATE. |
| 2062 | * |
| 2063 | * @return the absolute scale of a pinch gesture |
| 2064 | */ |
| 2065 | double |
| 2066 | libinput_event_gesture_get_scale(struct libinput_event_gesture *event); |
| 2067 | |
| 2068 | /** |
| 2069 | * @ingroup event_gesture |
| 2070 | * |
| 2071 | * Return the angle delta in degrees between the last and the current @ref |
| 2072 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_GESTURE_PINCH_UPDATE event. For gesture events that |
| 2073 | * are not of type @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_GESTURE_PINCH_UPDATE, this |
| 2074 | * function returns 0. |
| 2075 | * |
| 2076 | * The angle delta is defined as the change in angle of the line formed by |
| 2077 | * the 2 fingers of a pinch gesture. Clockwise rotation is represented |
| 2078 | * by a positive delta, counter-clockwise by a negative delta. If e.g. the |
| 2079 | * fingers are on the 12 and 6 location of a clock face plate and they move |
| 2080 | * to the 1 resp. 7 location in a single event then the angle delta is |
| 2081 | * 30 degrees. |
| 2082 | * |
| 2083 | * If more than two fingers are present, the angle represents the rotation |
| 2084 | * around the center of gravity. The calculation of the center of gravity is |
| 2085 | * implementation-dependent. |
| 2086 | * |
| 2087 | * @return the angle delta since the last event |
| 2088 | */ |
| 2089 | double |
| 2090 | libinput_event_gesture_get_angle_delta(struct libinput_event_gesture *event); |
| 2091 | |
| 2092 | /** |
| 2093 | * @defgroup event_tablet Tablet events |
| 2094 | * |
| 2095 | * Events that come from tools on tablet devices. For events from the pad, |
| 2096 | * see @ref event_tablet_pad. |
| 2097 | * |
| 2098 | * Events from tablet devices are exposed by two interfaces, tools and pads. |
| 2099 | * Tool events originate (usually) from a stylus-like device, pad events |
| 2100 | * reflect any events originating from the physical tablet itself. |
| 2101 | * |
| 2102 | * Note that many tablets support touch events. These are exposed through |
| 2103 | * the @ref LIBINPUT_DEVICE_CAP_POINTER interface (for external touchpad-like |
| 2104 | * devices such as the Wacom Intuos series) or @ref |
| 2105 | * LIBINPUT_DEVICE_CAP_TOUCH interface (for built-in touchscreen-like |
| 2106 | * devices such as the Wacom Cintiq series). |
| 2107 | */ |
| 2108 | |
| 2109 | /** |
| 2110 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2111 | * |
| 2112 | * @return The generic libinput_event of this event |
| 2113 | * |
| 2114 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2115 | */ |
| 2116 | struct libinput_event * |
| 2117 | libinput_event_tablet_tool_get_base_event(struct libinput_event_tablet_tool *event); |
| 2118 | |
| 2119 | /** |
| 2120 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2121 | * |
| 2122 | * Check if the x axis was updated in this event. |
| 2123 | * For events that are not of type @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_AXIS, |
| 2124 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_TIP, or |
| 2125 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_PROXIMITY, this function returns 0. |
| 2126 | * |
| 2127 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other |
| 2128 | * than @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_AXIS, @ref |
| 2129 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_TIP, or @ref |
| 2130 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_PROXIMITY, or @ref |
| 2131 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_BUTTON. |
| 2132 | * |
| 2133 | * @param event The libinput tablet tool event |
| 2134 | * @return 1 if the axis was updated or 0 otherwise |
| 2135 | * |
| 2136 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2137 | */ |
| 2138 | int |
| 2139 | libinput_event_tablet_tool_x_has_changed( |
| 2140 | struct libinput_event_tablet_tool *event); |
| 2141 | |
| 2142 | /** |
| 2143 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2144 | * |
| 2145 | * Check if the y axis was updated in this event. |
| 2146 | * For events that are not of type @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_AXIS, |
| 2147 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_TIP, or |
| 2148 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_PROXIMITY, this function returns 0. |
| 2149 | * |
| 2150 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other |
| 2151 | * than @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_AXIS, @ref |
| 2152 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_TIP, or @ref |
| 2153 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_PROXIMITY, or @ref |
| 2154 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_BUTTON. |
| 2155 | * |
| 2156 | * @param event The libinput tablet tool event |
| 2157 | * @return 1 if the axis was updated or 0 otherwise |
| 2158 | * |
| 2159 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2160 | */ |
| 2161 | int |
| 2162 | libinput_event_tablet_tool_y_has_changed( |
| 2163 | struct libinput_event_tablet_tool *event); |
| 2164 | |
| 2165 | /** |
| 2166 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2167 | * |
| 2168 | * Check if the pressure axis was updated in this event. |
| 2169 | * For events that are not of type @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_AXIS, |
| 2170 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_TIP, or |
| 2171 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_PROXIMITY, this function returns 0. |
| 2172 | * |
| 2173 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other |
| 2174 | * than @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_AXIS, @ref |
| 2175 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_TIP, or @ref |
| 2176 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_PROXIMITY, or @ref |
| 2177 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_BUTTON. |
| 2178 | * |
| 2179 | * @param event The libinput tablet tool event |
| 2180 | * @return 1 if the axis was updated or 0 otherwise |
| 2181 | * |
| 2182 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2183 | */ |
| 2184 | int |
| 2185 | libinput_event_tablet_tool_pressure_has_changed( |
| 2186 | struct libinput_event_tablet_tool *event); |
| 2187 | |
| 2188 | /** |
| 2189 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2190 | * |
| 2191 | * Check if the distance axis was updated in this event. |
| 2192 | * For events that are not of type @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_AXIS, |
| 2193 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_TIP, or |
| 2194 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_PROXIMITY, this function returns 0. |
| 2195 | * For tablet tool events of type @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_PROXIMITY, |
| 2196 | * this function always returns 1. |
| 2197 | * |
| 2198 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other |
| 2199 | * than @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_AXIS, @ref |
| 2200 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_TIP, or @ref |
| 2201 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_PROXIMITY, or @ref |
| 2202 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_BUTTON. |
| 2203 | * |
| 2204 | * @param event The libinput tablet tool event |
| 2205 | * @return 1 if the axis was updated or 0 otherwise |
| 2206 | * |
| 2207 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2208 | */ |
| 2209 | int |
| 2210 | libinput_event_tablet_tool_distance_has_changed( |
| 2211 | struct libinput_event_tablet_tool *event); |
| 2212 | |
| 2213 | /** |
| 2214 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2215 | * |
| 2216 | * Check if the tilt x axis was updated in this event. |
| 2217 | * For events that are not of type @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_AXIS, |
| 2218 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_TIP, or |
| 2219 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_PROXIMITY, this function returns 0. |
| 2220 | * |
| 2221 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other |
| 2222 | * than @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_AXIS, @ref |
| 2223 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_TIP, or @ref |
| 2224 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_PROXIMITY, or @ref |
| 2225 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_BUTTON. |
| 2226 | * |
| 2227 | * @param event The libinput tablet tool event |
| 2228 | * @return 1 if the axis was updated or 0 otherwise |
| 2229 | * |
| 2230 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2231 | */ |
| 2232 | int |
| 2233 | libinput_event_tablet_tool_tilt_x_has_changed( |
| 2234 | struct libinput_event_tablet_tool *event); |
| 2235 | |
| 2236 | /** |
| 2237 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2238 | * |
| 2239 | * Check if the tilt y axis was updated in this event. |
| 2240 | * For events that are not of type @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_AXIS, |
| 2241 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_TIP, or |
| 2242 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_PROXIMITY, this function returns 0. |
| 2243 | * |
| 2244 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other |
| 2245 | * than @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_AXIS, @ref |
| 2246 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_TIP, or @ref |
| 2247 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_PROXIMITY, or @ref |
| 2248 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_BUTTON. |
| 2249 | * |
| 2250 | * @param event The libinput tablet tool event |
| 2251 | * @return 1 if the axis was updated or 0 otherwise |
| 2252 | * |
| 2253 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2254 | */ |
| 2255 | int |
| 2256 | libinput_event_tablet_tool_tilt_y_has_changed( |
| 2257 | struct libinput_event_tablet_tool *event); |
| 2258 | /** |
| 2259 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2260 | * |
| 2261 | * Check if the z-rotation axis was updated in this event. |
| 2262 | * For events that are not of type @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_AXIS, |
| 2263 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_TIP, or |
| 2264 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_PROXIMITY, this function returns 0. |
| 2265 | * |
| 2266 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other |
| 2267 | * than @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_AXIS, @ref |
| 2268 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_TIP, or @ref |
| 2269 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_PROXIMITY, or @ref |
| 2270 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_BUTTON. |
| 2271 | * |
| 2272 | * @param event The libinput tablet tool event |
| 2273 | * @return 1 if the axis was updated or 0 otherwise |
| 2274 | * |
| 2275 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2276 | */ |
| 2277 | int |
| 2278 | libinput_event_tablet_tool_rotation_has_changed( |
| 2279 | struct libinput_event_tablet_tool *event); |
| 2280 | /** |
| 2281 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2282 | * |
| 2283 | * Check if the slider axis was updated in this event. |
| 2284 | * For events that are not of type @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_AXIS, |
| 2285 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_TIP, or |
| 2286 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_PROXIMITY, this function returns 0. |
| 2287 | * |
| 2288 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other |
| 2289 | * than @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_AXIS, @ref |
| 2290 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_TIP, or @ref |
| 2291 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_PROXIMITY, or @ref |
| 2292 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_BUTTON. |
| 2293 | * |
| 2294 | * @param event The libinput tablet tool event |
| 2295 | * @return 1 if the axis was updated or 0 otherwise |
| 2296 | * |
| 2297 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2298 | */ |
| 2299 | int |
| 2300 | libinput_event_tablet_tool_slider_has_changed( |
| 2301 | struct libinput_event_tablet_tool *event); |
| 2302 | |
| 2303 | /** |
| 2304 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2305 | * |
| 2306 | * Check if the size major axis was updated in this event. |
| 2307 | * For events that are not of type @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_AXIS, |
| 2308 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_TIP, or |
| 2309 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_PROXIMITY, this function returns 0. |
| 2310 | * |
| 2311 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other |
| 2312 | * than @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_AXIS, @ref |
| 2313 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_TIP, or @ref |
| 2314 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_PROXIMITY, or @ref |
| 2315 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_BUTTON. |
| 2316 | * |
| 2317 | * @param event The libinput tablet tool event |
| 2318 | * @return 1 if the axis was updated or 0 otherwise |
| 2319 | */ |
| 2320 | int |
| 2321 | libinput_event_tablet_tool_size_major_has_changed( |
| 2322 | struct libinput_event_tablet_tool *event); |
| 2323 | |
| 2324 | /** |
| 2325 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2326 | * |
| 2327 | * Check if the size minor axis was updated in this event. |
| 2328 | * For events that are not of type @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_AXIS, |
| 2329 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_TIP, or |
| 2330 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_PROXIMITY, this function returns 0. |
| 2331 | * |
| 2332 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other |
| 2333 | * than @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_AXIS, @ref |
| 2334 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_TIP, or @ref |
| 2335 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_PROXIMITY, or @ref |
| 2336 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_BUTTON. |
| 2337 | * |
| 2338 | * @param event The libinput tablet tool event |
| 2339 | * @return 1 if the axis was updated or 0 otherwise |
| 2340 | */ |
| 2341 | int |
| 2342 | libinput_event_tablet_tool_size_minor_has_changed( |
| 2343 | struct libinput_event_tablet_tool *event); |
| 2344 | |
| 2345 | /** |
| 2346 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2347 | * |
| 2348 | * Check if the wheel axis was updated in this event. |
| 2349 | * For events that are not of type @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_AXIS, |
| 2350 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_TIP, or |
| 2351 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_PROXIMITY, this function returns 0. |
| 2352 | * |
| 2353 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other |
| 2354 | * than @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_AXIS, @ref |
| 2355 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_TIP, or @ref |
| 2356 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_PROXIMITY, or @ref |
| 2357 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_BUTTON. |
| 2358 | * |
| 2359 | * @param event The libinput tablet tool event |
| 2360 | * @return 1 if the axis was updated or 0 otherwise |
| 2361 | * |
| 2362 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2363 | */ |
| 2364 | int |
| 2365 | libinput_event_tablet_tool_wheel_has_changed( |
| 2366 | struct libinput_event_tablet_tool *event); |
| 2367 | |
| 2368 | /** |
| 2369 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2370 | * |
| 2371 | * Returns the X coordinate of the tablet tool, in mm from the top left |
| 2372 | * corner of the tablet in its current logical orientation. Use |
| 2373 | * libinput_event_tablet_tool_get_x_transformed() for transforming the axis |
| 2374 | * value into a different coordinate space. |
| 2375 | * |
| 2376 | * @note On some devices, returned value may be negative or larger than the |
| 2377 | * width of the device. See the libinput documentation for more details. |
| 2378 | * |
| 2379 | * @param event The libinput tablet tool event |
| 2380 | * @return The current value of the the axis |
| 2381 | * |
| 2382 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2383 | */ |
| 2384 | double |
| 2385 | libinput_event_tablet_tool_get_x(struct libinput_event_tablet_tool *event); |
| 2386 | |
| 2387 | /** |
| 2388 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2389 | * |
| 2390 | * Returns the Y coordinate of the tablet tool, in mm from the top left |
| 2391 | * corner of the tablet in its current logical orientation. Use |
| 2392 | * libinput_event_tablet_tool_get_y_transformed() for transforming the axis |
| 2393 | * value into a different coordinate space. |
| 2394 | * |
| 2395 | * @note On some devices, returned value may be negative or larger than the |
| 2396 | * width of the device. See the libinput documentation for more details. |
| 2397 | * |
| 2398 | * @param event The libinput tablet tool event |
| 2399 | * @return The current value of the the axis |
| 2400 | * |
| 2401 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2402 | */ |
| 2403 | double |
| 2404 | libinput_event_tablet_tool_get_y(struct libinput_event_tablet_tool *event); |
| 2405 | |
| 2406 | /** |
| 2407 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2408 | * |
| 2409 | * Return the delta between the last event and the current event. |
| 2410 | * If the tool employs pointer acceleration, the delta returned by this |
| 2411 | * function is the accelerated delta. |
| 2412 | * |
| 2413 | * This value is in screen coordinate space, the delta is to be interpreted |
| 2414 | * like the return value of libinput_event_pointer_get_dx(). |
| 2415 | * See the libinput documentation for more details. |
| 2416 | * |
| 2417 | * @param event The libinput tablet event |
| 2418 | * @return The relative x movement since the last event |
| 2419 | * |
| 2420 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2421 | */ |
| 2422 | double |
| 2423 | libinput_event_tablet_tool_get_dx(struct libinput_event_tablet_tool *event); |
| 2424 | |
| 2425 | /** |
| 2426 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2427 | * |
| 2428 | * Return the delta between the last event and the current event. |
| 2429 | * If the tool employs pointer acceleration, the delta returned by this |
| 2430 | * function is the accelerated delta. |
| 2431 | * |
| 2432 | * This value is in screen coordinate space, the delta is to be interpreted |
| 2433 | * like the return value of libinput_event_pointer_get_dx(). |
| 2434 | * See the libinput documentation for more details. |
| 2435 | * |
| 2436 | * @param event The libinput tablet event |
| 2437 | * @return The relative y movement since the last event |
| 2438 | * |
| 2439 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2440 | */ |
| 2441 | double |
| 2442 | libinput_event_tablet_tool_get_dy(struct libinput_event_tablet_tool *event); |
| 2443 | |
| 2444 | /** |
| 2445 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2446 | * |
| 2447 | * Returns the current pressure being applied on the tool in use, normalized |
| 2448 | * to the range [0, 1]. |
| 2449 | * |
| 2450 | * If this axis does not exist on the current tool, this function returns 0. |
| 2451 | * |
| 2452 | * @param event The libinput tablet tool event |
| 2453 | * @return The current value of the the axis |
| 2454 | * |
| 2455 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2456 | */ |
| 2457 | double |
| 2458 | libinput_event_tablet_tool_get_pressure(struct libinput_event_tablet_tool *event); |
| 2459 | |
| 2460 | /** |
| 2461 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2462 | * |
| 2463 | * Returns the current distance from the tablet's sensor, normalized to the |
| 2464 | * range [0, 1]. |
| 2465 | * |
| 2466 | * If this axis does not exist on the current tool, this function returns 0. |
| 2467 | * |
| 2468 | * @param event The libinput tablet tool event |
| 2469 | * @return The current value of the the axis |
| 2470 | * |
| 2471 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2472 | */ |
| 2473 | double |
| 2474 | libinput_event_tablet_tool_get_distance(struct libinput_event_tablet_tool *event); |
| 2475 | |
| 2476 | /** |
| 2477 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2478 | * |
| 2479 | * Returns the current tilt along the X axis of the tablet's current logical |
| 2480 | * orientation, in degrees off the tablet's z axis. That is, if the tool is |
| 2481 | * perfectly orthogonal to the tablet, the tilt angle is 0. When the top |
| 2482 | * tilts towards the logical top/left of the tablet, the x/y tilt angles are |
| 2483 | * negative, if the top tilts towards the logical bottom/right of the |
| 2484 | * tablet, the x/y tilt angles are positive. |
| 2485 | * |
| 2486 | * If this axis does not exist on the current tool, this function returns 0. |
| 2487 | * |
| 2488 | * @param event The libinput tablet tool event |
| 2489 | * @return The current value of the axis in degrees |
| 2490 | * |
| 2491 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2492 | */ |
| 2493 | double |
| 2494 | libinput_event_tablet_tool_get_tilt_x(struct libinput_event_tablet_tool *event); |
| 2495 | |
| 2496 | /** |
| 2497 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2498 | * |
| 2499 | * Returns the current tilt along the Y axis of the tablet's current logical |
| 2500 | * orientation, in degrees off the tablet's z axis. That is, if the tool is |
| 2501 | * perfectly orthogonal to the tablet, the tilt angle is 0. When the top |
| 2502 | * tilts towards the logical top/left of the tablet, the x/y tilt angles are |
| 2503 | * negative, if the top tilts towards the logical bottom/right of the |
| 2504 | * tablet, the x/y tilt angles are positive. |
| 2505 | * |
| 2506 | * If this axis does not exist on the current tool, this function returns 0. |
| 2507 | * |
| 2508 | * @param event The libinput tablet tool event |
| 2509 | * @return The current value of the the axis in degrees |
| 2510 | * |
| 2511 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2512 | */ |
| 2513 | double |
| 2514 | libinput_event_tablet_tool_get_tilt_y(struct libinput_event_tablet_tool *event); |
| 2515 | |
| 2516 | /** |
| 2517 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2518 | * |
| 2519 | * Returns the current z rotation of the tool in degrees, clockwise from the |
| 2520 | * tool's logical neutral position. |
| 2521 | * |
| 2522 | * For tools of type @ref LIBINPUT_TABLET_TOOL_TYPE_MOUSE and @ref |
| 2523 | * LIBINPUT_TABLET_TOOL_TYPE_LENS the logical neutral position is |
| 2524 | * pointing to the current logical north of the tablet. For tools of type @ref |
| 2525 | * LIBINPUT_TABLET_TOOL_TYPE_BRUSH, the logical neutral position is with the |
| 2526 | * buttons pointing up. |
| 2527 | * |
| 2528 | * If this axis does not exist on the current tool, this function returns 0. |
| 2529 | * |
| 2530 | * @param event The libinput tablet tool event |
| 2531 | * @return The current value of the the axis |
| 2532 | * |
| 2533 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2534 | */ |
| 2535 | double |
| 2536 | libinput_event_tablet_tool_get_rotation(struct libinput_event_tablet_tool *event); |
| 2537 | |
| 2538 | /** |
| 2539 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2540 | * |
| 2541 | * Returns the current position of the slider on the tool, normalized to the |
| 2542 | * range [-1, 1]. The logical zero is the neutral position of the slider, or |
| 2543 | * the logical center of the axis. This axis is available on e.g. the Wacom |
| 2544 | * Airbrush. |
| 2545 | * |
| 2546 | * If this axis does not exist on the current tool, this function returns 0. |
| 2547 | * |
| 2548 | * @param event The libinput tablet tool event |
| 2549 | * @return The current value of the the axis |
| 2550 | * |
| 2551 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2552 | */ |
| 2553 | double |
| 2554 | libinput_event_tablet_tool_get_slider_position(struct libinput_event_tablet_tool *event); |
| 2555 | |
| 2556 | /** |
| 2557 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2558 | * |
| 2559 | * Returns the current size in mm along the major axis of the touching |
| 2560 | * ellipse. This axis is not necessarily aligned with either x or y, the |
| 2561 | * rotation must be taken into account. |
| 2562 | * |
| 2563 | * Where no rotation is available on a tool, or where rotation is zero, the |
| 2564 | * major axis aligns with the y axis and the minor axis with the x axis. |
| 2565 | * |
| 2566 | * If this axis does not exist on the current tool, this function returns 0. |
| 2567 | * |
| 2568 | * @param event The libinput tablet tool event |
| 2569 | * @return The current value of the axis major in mm |
| 2570 | */ |
| 2571 | double |
| 2572 | libinput_event_tablet_tool_get_size_major(struct libinput_event_tablet_tool *event); |
| 2573 | |
| 2574 | /** |
| 2575 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2576 | * |
| 2577 | * Returns the current size in mm along the minor axis of the touching |
| 2578 | * ellipse. This axis is not necessarily aligned with either x or y, the |
| 2579 | * rotation must be taken into account. |
| 2580 | * |
| 2581 | * Where no rotation is available on a tool, or where rotation is zero, the |
| 2582 | * minor axis aligns with the y axis and the minor axis with the x axis. |
| 2583 | * |
| 2584 | * If this axis does not exist on the current tool, this function returns 0. |
| 2585 | * |
| 2586 | * @param event The libinput tablet tool event |
| 2587 | * @return The current value of the axis minor in mm |
| 2588 | */ |
| 2589 | double |
| 2590 | libinput_event_tablet_tool_get_size_minor(struct libinput_event_tablet_tool *event); |
| 2591 | |
| 2592 | /** |
| 2593 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2594 | * |
| 2595 | * Return the delta for the wheel in degrees. |
| 2596 | * |
| 2597 | * @param event The libinput tablet tool event |
| 2598 | * @return The delta of the wheel, in degrees, compared to the last event |
| 2599 | * |
| 2600 | * @see libinput_event_tablet_tool_get_wheel_delta_discrete |
| 2601 | */ |
| 2602 | double |
| 2603 | libinput_event_tablet_tool_get_wheel_delta( |
| 2604 | struct libinput_event_tablet_tool *event); |
| 2605 | |
| 2606 | /** |
| 2607 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2608 | * |
| 2609 | * Return the delta for the wheel in discrete steps (e.g. wheel clicks). |
| 2610 | |
| 2611 | * @param event The libinput tablet tool event |
| 2612 | * @return The delta of the wheel, in discrete steps, compared to the last event |
| 2613 | * |
| 2614 | * @see libinput_event_tablet_tool_get_wheel_delta_discrete |
| 2615 | * |
| 2616 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2617 | */ |
| 2618 | int |
| 2619 | libinput_event_tablet_tool_get_wheel_delta_discrete( |
| 2620 | struct libinput_event_tablet_tool *event); |
| 2621 | |
| 2622 | /** |
| 2623 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2624 | * |
| 2625 | * Return the current absolute x coordinate of the tablet tool event, |
| 2626 | * transformed to screen coordinates. |
| 2627 | * |
| 2628 | * @note This function may be called for a specific axis even if |
| 2629 | * libinput_event_tablet_tool_*_has_changed() returns 0 for that axis. |
| 2630 | * libinput always includes all device axes in the event. |
| 2631 | * |
| 2632 | * @note On some devices, returned value may be negative or larger than the |
| 2633 | * width of the device. See the libinput documentation for more details. |
| 2634 | * |
| 2635 | * @param event The libinput tablet tool event |
| 2636 | * @param width The current output screen width |
| 2637 | * @return the current absolute x coordinate transformed to a screen coordinate |
| 2638 | * |
| 2639 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2640 | */ |
| 2641 | double |
| 2642 | libinput_event_tablet_tool_get_x_transformed(struct libinput_event_tablet_tool *event, |
| 2643 | uint32_t width); |
| 2644 | |
| 2645 | /** |
| 2646 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2647 | * |
| 2648 | * Return the current absolute y coordinate of the tablet tool event, |
| 2649 | * transformed to screen coordinates. |
| 2650 | * |
| 2651 | * @note This function may be called for a specific axis even if |
| 2652 | * libinput_event_tablet_tool_*_has_changed() returns 0 for that axis. |
| 2653 | * libinput always includes all device axes in the event. |
| 2654 | * |
| 2655 | * @note On some devices, returned value may be negative or larger than the |
| 2656 | * width of the device. See the libinput documentation for more details. |
| 2657 | * |
| 2658 | * @param event The libinput tablet tool event |
| 2659 | * @param height The current output screen height |
| 2660 | * @return the current absolute y coordinate transformed to a screen coordinate |
| 2661 | * |
| 2662 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2663 | */ |
| 2664 | double |
| 2665 | libinput_event_tablet_tool_get_y_transformed(struct libinput_event_tablet_tool *event, |
| 2666 | uint32_t height); |
| 2667 | |
| 2668 | /** |
| 2669 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2670 | * |
| 2671 | * Returns the tool that was in use during this event. |
| 2672 | * |
| 2673 | * The returned tablet tool is not refcounted and may become invalid after |
| 2674 | * the next call to libinput. Use libinput_tablet_tool_ref() and |
| 2675 | * libinput_tablet_tool_unref() to continue using the handle outside of the |
| 2676 | * immediate scope. |
| 2677 | * |
| 2678 | * If the caller holds at least one reference, this struct is used |
| 2679 | * whenever the tools enters proximity again. |
| 2680 | * |
| 2681 | * @note Physical tool tracking requires hardware support. If unavailable, |
| 2682 | * libinput creates one tool per type per tablet. See |
| 2683 | * libinput_tablet_tool_get_serial() for more details. |
| 2684 | * |
| 2685 | * @param event The libinput tablet tool event |
| 2686 | * @return The new tool triggering this event |
| 2687 | * |
| 2688 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2689 | */ |
| 2690 | struct libinput_tablet_tool * |
| 2691 | libinput_event_tablet_tool_get_tool(struct libinput_event_tablet_tool *event); |
| 2692 | |
| 2693 | /** |
| 2694 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2695 | * |
| 2696 | * Returns the new proximity state of a tool from a proximity event. |
| 2697 | * Used to check whether or not a tool came in or out of proximity during an |
| 2698 | * event of type @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_PROXIMITY. |
| 2699 | * |
| 2700 | * The proximity state represents the logical proximity state which does not |
| 2701 | * necessarily match when a tool comes into sensor range or leaves the |
| 2702 | * sensor range. On some tools this range does not represent the physical |
| 2703 | * range but a reduced tool-specific logical range. If the range is reduced, |
| 2704 | * this is done transparent to the caller. |
| 2705 | * |
| 2706 | * For example, the Wacom mouse and lens cursor tools are usually |
| 2707 | * used in relative mode, lying flat on the tablet. Movement typically follows |
| 2708 | * the interaction normal mouse movements have, i.e. slightly lift the tool and |
| 2709 | * place it in a separate location. The proximity detection on Wacom |
| 2710 | * tablets however extends further than the user may lift the mouse, i.e. the |
| 2711 | * tool may not be lifted out of physical proximity. For such tools, libinput |
| 2712 | * provides software-emulated proximity. |
| 2713 | * |
| 2714 | * @param event The libinput tablet tool event |
| 2715 | * @return The new proximity state of the tool from the event. |
| 2716 | * |
| 2717 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2718 | */ |
| 2719 | enum libinput_tablet_tool_proximity_state |
| 2720 | libinput_event_tablet_tool_get_proximity_state(struct libinput_event_tablet_tool *event); |
| 2721 | |
| 2722 | /** |
| 2723 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2724 | * |
| 2725 | * Returns the new tip state of a tool from a tip event. |
| 2726 | * Used to check whether or not a tool came in contact with the tablet |
| 2727 | * surface or left contact with the tablet surface during an |
| 2728 | * event of type @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_TIP. |
| 2729 | * |
| 2730 | * @param event The libinput tablet tool event |
| 2731 | * @return The new tip state of the tool from the event. |
| 2732 | * |
| 2733 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2734 | */ |
| 2735 | enum libinput_tablet_tool_tip_state |
| 2736 | libinput_event_tablet_tool_get_tip_state(struct libinput_event_tablet_tool *event); |
| 2737 | |
| 2738 | /** |
| 2739 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2740 | * |
| 2741 | * Return the button that triggered this event. For events that are not of |
| 2742 | * type @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_BUTTON, this function returns 0. |
| 2743 | * |
| 2744 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other than |
| 2745 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_BUTTON. |
| 2746 | * |
| 2747 | * @param event The libinput tablet tool event |
| 2748 | * @return the button triggering this event |
| 2749 | * |
| 2750 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2751 | */ |
| 2752 | uint32_t |
| 2753 | libinput_event_tablet_tool_get_button(struct libinput_event_tablet_tool *event); |
| 2754 | |
| 2755 | /** |
| 2756 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2757 | * |
| 2758 | * Return the button state of the event. |
| 2759 | * |
| 2760 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other than |
| 2761 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_BUTTON. |
| 2762 | * |
| 2763 | * @param event The libinput tablet tool event |
| 2764 | * @return the button state triggering this event |
| 2765 | * |
| 2766 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2767 | */ |
| 2768 | enum libinput_button_state |
| 2769 | libinput_event_tablet_tool_get_button_state(struct libinput_event_tablet_tool *event); |
| 2770 | |
| 2771 | /** |
| 2772 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2773 | * |
| 2774 | * For the button of a @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_BUTTON event, return the total |
| 2775 | * number of buttons pressed on all devices on the associated seat after the |
| 2776 | * the event was triggered. |
| 2777 | * |
| 2778 | " @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other than |
| 2779 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_TOOL_BUTTON. For other events, this function returns 0. |
| 2780 | * |
| 2781 | * @param event The libinput tablet tool event |
| 2782 | * @return the seat wide pressed button count for the key of this event |
| 2783 | * |
| 2784 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2785 | */ |
| 2786 | uint32_t |
| 2787 | libinput_event_tablet_tool_get_seat_button_count(struct libinput_event_tablet_tool *event); |
| 2788 | |
| 2789 | /** |
| 2790 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2791 | * |
| 2792 | * @note Timestamps may not always increase. See the libinput documentation |
| 2793 | * for more details. |
| 2794 | * |
| 2795 | * @param event The libinput tablet tool event |
| 2796 | * @return The event time for this event |
| 2797 | * |
| 2798 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2799 | */ |
| 2800 | uint32_t |
| 2801 | libinput_event_tablet_tool_get_time(struct libinput_event_tablet_tool *event); |
| 2802 | |
| 2803 | /** |
| 2804 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2805 | * |
| 2806 | * @note Timestamps may not always increase. See the libinput documentation |
| 2807 | * for more details. |
| 2808 | * |
| 2809 | * @param event The libinput tablet tool event |
| 2810 | * @return The event time for this event in microseconds |
| 2811 | * |
| 2812 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2813 | */ |
| 2814 | uint64_t |
| 2815 | libinput_event_tablet_tool_get_time_usec(struct libinput_event_tablet_tool *event); |
| 2816 | |
| 2817 | /** |
| 2818 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2819 | * |
| 2820 | * Return the high-level tool type for a tool object. |
| 2821 | * |
| 2822 | * The high level tool describes general interaction expected with the tool. |
| 2823 | * For example, a user would expect a tool of type @ref |
| 2824 | * LIBINPUT_TABLET_TOOL_TYPE_PEN to interact with a graphics application |
| 2825 | * taking pressure and tilt into account. The default virtual tool assigned |
| 2826 | * should be a drawing tool, e.g. a virtual pen or brush. |
| 2827 | * A tool of type @ref LIBINPUT_TABLET_TOOL_TYPE_ERASER would normally be |
| 2828 | * mapped to an eraser-like virtual tool. |
| 2829 | * |
| 2830 | * If supported by the hardware, a more specific tool id is always |
| 2831 | * available, see libinput_tablet_tool_get_tool_id(). |
| 2832 | * |
| 2833 | * @param tool The libinput tool |
| 2834 | * @return The tool type for this tool object |
| 2835 | * |
| 2836 | * @see libinput_tablet_tool_get_tool_id |
| 2837 | * |
| 2838 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2839 | */ |
| 2840 | enum libinput_tablet_tool_type |
| 2841 | libinput_tablet_tool_get_type(struct libinput_tablet_tool *tool); |
| 2842 | |
| 2843 | /** |
| 2844 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2845 | * |
| 2846 | * Return the tool ID for a tool object. If nonzero, this number identifies |
| 2847 | * the specific type of the tool with more precision than the type returned in |
| 2848 | * libinput_tablet_tool_get_type(). Not all tablets support a tool ID. |
| 2849 | * |
| 2850 | * Tablets known to support tool IDs include the Wacom Intuos 3, 4, 5, Wacom |
| 2851 | * Cintiq and Wacom Intuos Pro series. The tool ID can be used to |
| 2852 | * distinguish between e.g. a Wacom Classic Pen or a Wacom Pro Pen. It is |
| 2853 | * the caller's responsibility to interpret the tool ID. |
| 2854 | * |
| 2855 | * @param tool The libinput tool |
| 2856 | * @return The tool ID for this tool object or 0 if none is provided |
| 2857 | * |
| 2858 | * @see libinput_tablet_tool_get_type |
| 2859 | * |
| 2860 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2861 | */ |
| 2862 | uint64_t |
| 2863 | libinput_tablet_tool_get_tool_id(struct libinput_tablet_tool *tool); |
| 2864 | |
| 2865 | /** |
| 2866 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2867 | * |
| 2868 | * Increment the reference count of the tool by one. A tool is destroyed |
| 2869 | * whenever the reference count reaches 0. See libinput_tablet_tool_unref(). |
| 2870 | * |
| 2871 | * @param tool The tool to increment the ref count of |
| 2872 | * @return The passed tool |
| 2873 | * |
| 2874 | * @see libinput_tablet_tool_unref |
| 2875 | * |
| 2876 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2877 | */ |
| 2878 | struct libinput_tablet_tool * |
| 2879 | libinput_tablet_tool_ref(struct libinput_tablet_tool *tool); |
| 2880 | |
| 2881 | /** |
| 2882 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2883 | * |
| 2884 | * Decrement the reference count of the tool by one. When the reference |
| 2885 | * count of the tool reaches 0, the memory allocated for the tool will be |
| 2886 | * freed. |
| 2887 | * |
| 2888 | * @param tool The tool to decrement the ref count of |
| 2889 | * @return NULL if the tool was destroyed otherwise the passed tool |
| 2890 | * |
| 2891 | * @see libinput_tablet_tool_ref |
| 2892 | * |
| 2893 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2894 | */ |
| 2895 | struct libinput_tablet_tool * |
| 2896 | libinput_tablet_tool_unref(struct libinput_tablet_tool *tool); |
| 2897 | |
| 2898 | /** |
| 2899 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2900 | * |
| 2901 | * Return whether the tablet tool supports pressure. |
| 2902 | * |
| 2903 | * @param tool The tool to check the axis capabilities of |
| 2904 | * @return Nonzero if the axis is available, zero otherwise. |
| 2905 | * |
| 2906 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2907 | */ |
| 2908 | int |
| 2909 | libinput_tablet_tool_has_pressure(struct libinput_tablet_tool *tool); |
| 2910 | |
| 2911 | /** |
| 2912 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2913 | * |
| 2914 | * Return whether the tablet tool supports distance. |
| 2915 | * |
| 2916 | * @param tool The tool to check the axis capabilities of |
| 2917 | * @return Nonzero if the axis is available, zero otherwise. |
| 2918 | * |
| 2919 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2920 | */ |
| 2921 | int |
| 2922 | libinput_tablet_tool_has_distance(struct libinput_tablet_tool *tool); |
| 2923 | |
| 2924 | /** |
| 2925 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2926 | * |
| 2927 | * Return whether the tablet tool supports tilt. |
| 2928 | * |
| 2929 | * @param tool The tool to check the axis capabilities of |
| 2930 | * @return Nonzero if the axis is available, zero otherwise. |
| 2931 | * |
| 2932 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2933 | */ |
| 2934 | int |
| 2935 | libinput_tablet_tool_has_tilt(struct libinput_tablet_tool *tool); |
| 2936 | |
| 2937 | /** |
| 2938 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2939 | * |
| 2940 | * Return whether the tablet tool supports z-rotation. |
| 2941 | * |
| 2942 | * @param tool The tool to check the axis capabilities of |
| 2943 | * @return Nonzero if the axis is available, zero otherwise. |
| 2944 | * |
| 2945 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2946 | */ |
| 2947 | int |
| 2948 | libinput_tablet_tool_has_rotation(struct libinput_tablet_tool *tool); |
| 2949 | |
| 2950 | /** |
| 2951 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2952 | * |
| 2953 | * Return whether the tablet tool has a slider axis. |
| 2954 | * |
| 2955 | * @param tool The tool to check the axis capabilities of |
| 2956 | * @return Nonzero if the axis is available, zero otherwise. |
| 2957 | * |
| 2958 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2959 | */ |
| 2960 | int |
| 2961 | libinput_tablet_tool_has_slider(struct libinput_tablet_tool *tool); |
| 2962 | |
| 2963 | /** |
| 2964 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2965 | * |
| 2966 | * Return whether the tablet tool has a ellipsis major and minor. |
| 2967 | * Where the underlying hardware only supports one of either major or minor, |
| 2968 | * libinput emulates the other axis as a circular contact, i.e. major == |
| 2969 | * minor for all values of major. |
| 2970 | * |
| 2971 | * @param tool The tool to check the axis capabilities of |
| 2972 | * @return Nonzero if the axis is available, zero otherwise. |
| 2973 | */ |
| 2974 | int |
| 2975 | libinput_tablet_tool_has_size(struct libinput_tablet_tool *tool); |
| 2976 | |
| 2977 | /** |
| 2978 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2979 | * |
| 2980 | * Return whether the tablet tool has a relative wheel. |
| 2981 | * |
| 2982 | * @param tool The tool to check the axis capabilities of |
| 2983 | * @return Nonzero if the axis is available, zero otherwise. |
| 2984 | * |
| 2985 | * @since 1.2 |
| 2986 | */ |
| 2987 | int |
| 2988 | libinput_tablet_tool_has_wheel(struct libinput_tablet_tool *tool); |
| 2989 | |
| 2990 | /** |
| 2991 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 2992 | * |
| 2993 | * Check if a tablet tool has a button with the |
| 2994 | * passed-in code (see linux/input.h). |
| 2995 | * |
| 2996 | * @param tool A tablet tool |
| 2997 | * @param code button code to check for |
| 2998 | * |
| 2999 | * @return 1 if the tool supports this button code, 0 if it does not |
| 3000 | * |
| 3001 | * @since 1.2 |
| 3002 | */ |
| 3003 | int |
| 3004 | libinput_tablet_tool_has_button(struct libinput_tablet_tool *tool, |
| 3005 | uint32_t code); |
| 3006 | |
| 3007 | /** |
| 3008 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 3009 | * |
| 3010 | * Return nonzero if the physical tool can be uniquely identified by |
| 3011 | * libinput, or nonzero otherwise. If a tool can be uniquely identified, |
| 3012 | * keeping a reference to the tool allows tracking the tool across |
| 3013 | * proximity out sequences and across compatible tablets. |
| 3014 | * See libinput_tablet_tool_get_serial() for more details. |
| 3015 | * |
| 3016 | * @param tool A tablet tool |
| 3017 | * @return 1 if the tool can be uniquely identified, 0 otherwise. |
| 3018 | * |
| 3019 | * @see libinput_tablet_tool_get_serial |
| 3020 | * |
| 3021 | * @since 1.2 |
| 3022 | */ |
| 3023 | int |
| 3024 | libinput_tablet_tool_is_unique(struct libinput_tablet_tool *tool); |
| 3025 | |
| 3026 | /** |
| 3027 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 3028 | * |
| 3029 | * Return the serial number of a tool. If the tool does not report a serial |
| 3030 | * number, this function returns zero. |
| 3031 | * |
| 3032 | * Some tools provide hardware information that enables libinput to uniquely |
| 3033 | * identify the physical device. For example, tools compatible with the |
| 3034 | * Wacom Intuos 4, Intuos 5, Intuos Pro and Cintiq series are uniquely |
| 3035 | * identifiable through a serial number. libinput does not specify how a |
| 3036 | * tool can be identified uniquely, a caller should use |
| 3037 | * libinput_tablet_tool_is_unique() to check if the tool is unique. |
| 3038 | * |
| 3039 | * libinput creates a struct @ref libinput_tablet_tool on the first |
| 3040 | * proximity in of this tool. By default, this struct is destroyed on |
| 3041 | * proximity out and re-initialized on the next proximity in. If a caller |
| 3042 | * keeps a reference to the tool by using libinput_tablet_tool_ref() |
| 3043 | * libinput re-uses this struct whenever that same physical tool comes into |
| 3044 | * proximity on any tablet |
| 3045 | * recognized by libinput. It is possible to attach tool-specific virtual |
| 3046 | * state to the tool. For example, a graphics program such as the GIMP may |
| 3047 | * assign a specific color to each tool, allowing the artist to use the |
| 3048 | * tools like physical pens of different color. In multi-tablet setups it is |
| 3049 | * also possible to track the tool across devices. |
| 3050 | * |
| 3051 | * If the tool does not have a unique identifier, libinput creates a single |
| 3052 | * struct @ref libinput_tablet_tool per tool type on each tablet the tool is |
| 3053 | * used on. |
| 3054 | * |
| 3055 | * @param tool The libinput tool |
| 3056 | * @return The tool serial number |
| 3057 | * |
| 3058 | * @see libinput_tablet_tool_is_unique |
| 3059 | * |
| 3060 | * @since 1.2 |
| 3061 | */ |
| 3062 | uint64_t |
| 3063 | libinput_tablet_tool_get_serial(struct libinput_tablet_tool *tool); |
| 3064 | |
| 3065 | /** |
| 3066 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 3067 | * |
| 3068 | * Return the user data associated with a tool object. libinput does |
| 3069 | * not manage, look at, or modify this data. The caller must ensure the |
| 3070 | * data is valid. |
| 3071 | * |
| 3072 | * @param tool The libinput tool |
| 3073 | * @return The user data associated with the tool object |
| 3074 | * |
| 3075 | * @since 1.2 |
| 3076 | */ |
| 3077 | void * |
| 3078 | libinput_tablet_tool_get_user_data(struct libinput_tablet_tool *tool); |
| 3079 | |
| 3080 | /** |
| 3081 | * @ingroup event_tablet |
| 3082 | * |
| 3083 | * Set the user data associated with a tool object, if any. |
| 3084 | * |
| 3085 | * @param tool The libinput tool |
| 3086 | * @param user_data The user data to associate with the tool object |
| 3087 | * |
| 3088 | * @since 1.2 |
| 3089 | */ |
| 3090 | void |
| 3091 | libinput_tablet_tool_set_user_data(struct libinput_tablet_tool *tool, |
| 3092 | void *user_data); |
| 3093 | |
| 3094 | /** |
| 3095 | * @defgroup event_tablet_pad Tablet pad events |
| 3096 | * |
| 3097 | * Events that come from the pad of tablet devices. For events from the |
| 3098 | * tablet tools, see @ref event_tablet. |
| 3099 | * |
| 3100 | * @since 1.3 |
| 3101 | */ |
| 3102 | |
| 3103 | /** |
| 3104 | * @ingroup event_tablet_pad |
| 3105 | * |
| 3106 | * @return The generic libinput_event of this event |
| 3107 | * |
| 3108 | * @since 1.3 |
| 3109 | */ |
| 3110 | struct libinput_event * |
| 3111 | libinput_event_tablet_pad_get_base_event(struct libinput_event_tablet_pad *event); |
| 3112 | |
| 3113 | /** |
| 3114 | * @ingroup event_tablet_pad |
| 3115 | * |
| 3116 | * Returns the current position of the ring, in degrees counterclockwise |
| 3117 | * from the northern-most point of the ring in the tablet's current logical |
| 3118 | * orientation. |
| 3119 | * |
| 3120 | * If the source is @ref LIBINPUT_TABLET_PAD_RING_SOURCE_FINGER, |
| 3121 | * libinput sends a terminating event with a ring value of -1 when the |
| 3122 | * finger is lifted from the ring. A caller may use this information to e.g. |
| 3123 | * determine if kinetic scrolling should be triggered. |
| 3124 | * |
| 3125 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other than |
| 3126 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_PAD_RING. For other events, this function |
| 3127 | * returns 0. |
| 3128 | * |
| 3129 | * @param event The libinput tablet pad event |
| 3130 | * @return The current value of the the axis |
| 3131 | * @retval -1 The finger was lifted |
| 3132 | * |
| 3133 | * @since 1.3 |
| 3134 | */ |
| 3135 | double |
| 3136 | libinput_event_tablet_pad_get_ring_position(struct libinput_event_tablet_pad *event); |
| 3137 | |
| 3138 | /** |
| 3139 | * @ingroup event_tablet_pad |
| 3140 | * |
| 3141 | * Returns the number of the ring that has changed state, with 0 being the |
| 3142 | * first ring. On tablets with only one ring, this function always returns |
| 3143 | * 0. |
| 3144 | * |
| 3145 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other than |
| 3146 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_PAD_RING. For other events, this function |
| 3147 | * returns 0. |
| 3148 | * |
| 3149 | * @param event The libinput tablet pad event |
| 3150 | * @return The index of the ring that changed state |
| 3151 | * |
| 3152 | * @since 1.3 |
| 3153 | */ |
| 3154 | unsigned int |
| 3155 | libinput_event_tablet_pad_get_ring_number(struct libinput_event_tablet_pad *event); |
| 3156 | |
| 3157 | /** |
| 3158 | * @ingroup event_tablet_pad |
| 3159 | * |
| 3160 | * Returns the source of the interaction with the ring. If the source is |
| 3161 | * @ref LIBINPUT_TABLET_PAD_RING_SOURCE_FINGER, libinput sends a ring |
| 3162 | * position value of -1 to terminate the current interaction. |
| 3163 | * |
| 3164 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other than |
| 3165 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_PAD_RING. For other events, this function |
| 3166 | * returns 0. |
| 3167 | * |
| 3168 | * @param event The libinput tablet pad event |
| 3169 | * @return The source of the ring interaction |
| 3170 | * |
| 3171 | * @since 1.3 |
| 3172 | */ |
| 3173 | enum libinput_tablet_pad_ring_axis_source |
| 3174 | libinput_event_tablet_pad_get_ring_source(struct libinput_event_tablet_pad *event); |
| 3175 | |
| 3176 | /** |
| 3177 | * @ingroup event_tablet_pad |
| 3178 | * |
| 3179 | * Returns the current position of the strip, normalized to the range |
| 3180 | * [0, 1], with 0 being the top/left-most point in the tablet's current |
| 3181 | * logical orientation. |
| 3182 | * |
| 3183 | * If the source is @ref LIBINPUT_TABLET_PAD_STRIP_SOURCE_FINGER, |
| 3184 | * libinput sends a terminating event with a ring value of -1 when the |
| 3185 | * finger is lifted from the ring. A caller may use this information to e.g. |
| 3186 | * determine if kinetic scrolling should be triggered. |
| 3187 | * |
| 3188 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other than |
| 3189 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_PAD_STRIP. For other events, this function |
| 3190 | * returns 0. |
| 3191 | * |
| 3192 | * @param event The libinput tablet pad event |
| 3193 | * @return The current value of the the axis |
| 3194 | * @retval -1 The finger was lifted |
| 3195 | * |
| 3196 | * @since 1.3 |
| 3197 | */ |
| 3198 | double |
| 3199 | libinput_event_tablet_pad_get_strip_position(struct libinput_event_tablet_pad *event); |
| 3200 | |
| 3201 | /** |
| 3202 | * @ingroup event_tablet_pad |
| 3203 | * |
| 3204 | * Returns the number of the strip that has changed state, with 0 being the |
| 3205 | * first strip. On tablets with only one strip, this function always returns |
| 3206 | * 0. |
| 3207 | * |
| 3208 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other than |
| 3209 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_PAD_STRIP. For other events, this function |
| 3210 | * returns 0. |
| 3211 | * |
| 3212 | * @param event The libinput tablet pad event |
| 3213 | * @return The index of the strip that changed state |
| 3214 | * |
| 3215 | * @since 1.3 |
| 3216 | */ |
| 3217 | unsigned int |
| 3218 | libinput_event_tablet_pad_get_strip_number(struct libinput_event_tablet_pad *event); |
| 3219 | |
| 3220 | /** |
| 3221 | * @ingroup event_tablet_pad |
| 3222 | * |
| 3223 | * Returns the source of the interaction with the strip. If the source is |
| 3224 | * @ref LIBINPUT_TABLET_PAD_STRIP_SOURCE_FINGER, libinput sends a strip |
| 3225 | * position value of -1 to terminate the current interaction. |
| 3226 | * |
| 3227 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other than |
| 3228 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_PAD_STRIP. For other events, this function |
| 3229 | * returns 0. |
| 3230 | * |
| 3231 | * @param event The libinput tablet pad event |
| 3232 | * @return The source of the strip interaction |
| 3233 | * |
| 3234 | * @since 1.3 |
| 3235 | */ |
| 3236 | enum libinput_tablet_pad_strip_axis_source |
| 3237 | libinput_event_tablet_pad_get_strip_source(struct libinput_event_tablet_pad *event); |
| 3238 | |
| 3239 | /** |
| 3240 | * @ingroup event_tablet_pad |
| 3241 | * |
| 3242 | * Return the button number that triggered this event, starting at 0. |
| 3243 | * For events that are not of type @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_PAD_BUTTON, |
| 3244 | * this function returns 0. |
| 3245 | * |
| 3246 | * Note that the number returned is a generic sequential button number and |
| 3247 | * not a semantic button code as defined in linux/input.h. |
| 3248 | * See the libinput documentation for more details. |
| 3249 | * |
| 3250 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other than |
| 3251 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_PAD_BUTTON. For other events, this function |
| 3252 | * returns 0. |
| 3253 | * |
| 3254 | * @param event The libinput tablet pad event |
| 3255 | * @return the button triggering this event |
| 3256 | * |
| 3257 | * @since 1.3 |
| 3258 | */ |
| 3259 | uint32_t |
| 3260 | libinput_event_tablet_pad_get_button_number(struct libinput_event_tablet_pad *event); |
| 3261 | |
| 3262 | /** |
| 3263 | * @ingroup event_tablet_pad |
| 3264 | * |
| 3265 | * Return the button state of the event. |
| 3266 | * |
| 3267 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other than |
| 3268 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_PAD_BUTTON. For other events, this function |
| 3269 | * returns 0. |
| 3270 | * |
| 3271 | * @param event The libinput tablet pad event |
| 3272 | * @return the button state triggering this event |
| 3273 | * |
| 3274 | * @since 1.3 |
| 3275 | */ |
| 3276 | enum libinput_button_state |
| 3277 | libinput_event_tablet_pad_get_button_state(struct libinput_event_tablet_pad *event); |
| 3278 | |
| 3279 | /** |
| 3280 | * @ingroup event_tablet_pad |
| 3281 | * |
| 3282 | * Return the key code that triggered this event, e.g. KEY_CONTROLPANEL. The |
| 3283 | * list of key codes is defined in linux/input-event-codes.h. |
| 3284 | * |
| 3285 | * For events that are not of type @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_PAD_KEY, |
| 3286 | * this function returns 0. |
| 3287 | * |
| 3288 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other than |
| 3289 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_PAD_KEY. For other events, this function |
| 3290 | * returns 0. |
| 3291 | * |
| 3292 | * @param event The libinput tablet pad event |
| 3293 | * @return the key code triggering this event |
| 3294 | * |
| 3295 | * @since 1.15 |
| 3296 | */ |
| 3297 | uint32_t |
| 3298 | libinput_event_tablet_pad_get_key(struct libinput_event_tablet_pad *event); |
| 3299 | |
| 3300 | /** |
| 3301 | * @ingroup event_tablet_pad |
| 3302 | * |
| 3303 | * Return the key state of the event. |
| 3304 | * |
| 3305 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other than |
| 3306 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_PAD_KEY. For other events, this function |
| 3307 | * returns 0. |
| 3308 | * |
| 3309 | * @param event The libinput tablet pad event |
| 3310 | * @return the key state triggering this event |
| 3311 | * |
| 3312 | * @since 1.15 |
| 3313 | */ |
| 3314 | enum libinput_key_state |
| 3315 | libinput_event_tablet_pad_get_key_state(struct libinput_event_tablet_pad *event); |
| 3316 | |
| 3317 | /** |
| 3318 | * @ingroup event_tablet_pad |
| 3319 | * |
| 3320 | * Returns the mode the button, ring, or strip that triggered this event is |
| 3321 | * in, at the time of the event. |
| 3322 | * |
| 3323 | * The mode is a virtual grouping of functionality, usually based on some |
| 3324 | * visual feedback like LEDs on the pad. Mode indices start at 0, a device |
| 3325 | * that does not support modes always returns 0. |
| 3326 | * |
| 3327 | * @note Pad keys are not part of a mode group. It is an application bug to |
| 3328 | * call this function for @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_PAD_KEY. |
| 3329 | * |
| 3330 | * Mode switching is controlled by libinput and more than one mode may exist |
| 3331 | * on the tablet. This function returns the mode that this event's button, |
| 3332 | * ring or strip is logically in. If the button is a mode toggle button |
| 3333 | * and the button event caused a new mode to be toggled, the mode returned |
| 3334 | * is the new mode the button is in. |
| 3335 | * |
| 3336 | * Note that the returned mode is the mode valid as of the time of the |
| 3337 | * event. The returned mode may thus be different to the mode returned by |
| 3338 | * libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group_get_mode(). See |
| 3339 | * libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group_get_mode() for details. |
| 3340 | * |
| 3341 | * @param event The libinput tablet pad event |
| 3342 | * @return the 0-indexed mode of this button, ring or strip at the time of |
| 3343 | * the event |
| 3344 | * |
| 3345 | * @see libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group_get_mode |
| 3346 | * |
| 3347 | * @since 1.4 |
| 3348 | */ |
| 3349 | unsigned int |
| 3350 | libinput_event_tablet_pad_get_mode(struct libinput_event_tablet_pad *event); |
| 3351 | |
| 3352 | /** |
| 3353 | * @ingroup event_tablet_pad |
| 3354 | * |
| 3355 | * Returns the mode group that the button, ring, or strip that triggered |
| 3356 | * this event is considered in. The mode is a virtual grouping of |
| 3357 | * functionality, usually based on some visual feedback like LEDs on the |
| 3358 | * pad. |
| 3359 | * |
| 3360 | * @note Pad keys are not part of a mode group. It is an application bug to |
| 3361 | * call this function for @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_TABLET_PAD_KEY. |
| 3362 | * |
| 3363 | * The returned mode group is not refcounted and may become invalid after |
| 3364 | * the next call to libinput. Use libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group_ref() and |
| 3365 | * libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group_unref() to continue using the handle |
| 3366 | * outside of the immediate scope. |
| 3367 | * |
| 3368 | * @param event The libinput tablet pad event |
| 3369 | * @return the mode group of the button, ring or strip that caused this event |
| 3370 | * |
| 3371 | * @see libinput_device_tablet_pad_get_mode_group |
| 3372 | * |
| 3373 | * @since 1.4 |
| 3374 | */ |
| 3375 | struct libinput_tablet_pad_mode_group * |
| 3376 | libinput_event_tablet_pad_get_mode_group(struct libinput_event_tablet_pad *event); |
| 3377 | |
| 3378 | /** |
| 3379 | * @ingroup event_tablet_pad |
| 3380 | * |
| 3381 | * @note Timestamps may not always increase. See the libinput documentation |
| 3382 | * for more details. |
| 3383 | * |
| 3384 | * @param event The libinput tablet pad event |
| 3385 | * @return The event time for this event |
| 3386 | * |
| 3387 | * @since 1.3 |
| 3388 | */ |
| 3389 | uint32_t |
| 3390 | libinput_event_tablet_pad_get_time(struct libinput_event_tablet_pad *event); |
| 3391 | |
| 3392 | /** |
| 3393 | * @ingroup event_tablet_pad |
| 3394 | * |
| 3395 | * @note Timestamps may not always increase. See the libinput documentation |
| 3396 | * for more details. |
| 3397 | * |
| 3398 | * @param event The libinput tablet pad event |
| 3399 | * @return The event time for this event in microseconds |
| 3400 | * |
| 3401 | * @since 1.3 |
| 3402 | */ |
| 3403 | uint64_t |
| 3404 | libinput_event_tablet_pad_get_time_usec(struct libinput_event_tablet_pad *event); |
| 3405 | |
| 3406 | /** |
| 3407 | * @defgroup event_switch Switch events |
| 3408 | * |
| 3409 | * Events that come from switch devices. |
| 3410 | */ |
| 3411 | |
| 3412 | /** |
| 3413 | * @ingroup event_switch |
| 3414 | * |
| 3415 | * Return the switch that triggered this event. |
| 3416 | * For pointer events that are not of type @ref |
| 3417 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_SWITCH_TOGGLE, this function returns 0. |
| 3418 | * |
| 3419 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other than |
| 3420 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_SWITCH_TOGGLE. |
| 3421 | * |
| 3422 | * @param event The libinput switch event |
| 3423 | * @return The switch triggering this event |
| 3424 | * |
| 3425 | * @since 1.7 |
| 3426 | */ |
| 3427 | enum libinput_switch |
| 3428 | libinput_event_switch_get_switch(struct libinput_event_switch *event); |
| 3429 | |
| 3430 | /** |
| 3431 | * @ingroup event_switch |
| 3432 | * |
| 3433 | * Return the switch state that triggered this event. |
| 3434 | * For switch events that are not of type @ref |
| 3435 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_SWITCH_TOGGLE, this function returns 0. |
| 3436 | * |
| 3437 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for events other than |
| 3438 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_SWITCH_TOGGLE. |
| 3439 | * |
| 3440 | * @param event The libinput switch event |
| 3441 | * @return The switch state triggering this event |
| 3442 | * |
| 3443 | * @since 1.7 |
| 3444 | */ |
| 3445 | enum libinput_switch_state |
| 3446 | libinput_event_switch_get_switch_state(struct libinput_event_switch *event); |
| 3447 | |
| 3448 | /** |
| 3449 | * @ingroup event_switch |
| 3450 | * |
| 3451 | * @return The generic libinput_event of this event |
| 3452 | * |
| 3453 | * @since 1.7 |
| 3454 | */ |
| 3455 | struct libinput_event * |
| 3456 | libinput_event_switch_get_base_event(struct libinput_event_switch *event); |
| 3457 | |
| 3458 | /** |
| 3459 | * @ingroup event_switch |
| 3460 | * |
| 3461 | * @note Timestamps may not always increase. See the libinput documentation |
| 3462 | * for more details. |
| 3463 | * |
| 3464 | * @param event The libinput switch event |
| 3465 | * @return The event time for this event |
| 3466 | * |
| 3467 | * @since 1.7 |
| 3468 | */ |
| 3469 | uint32_t |
| 3470 | libinput_event_switch_get_time(struct libinput_event_switch *event); |
| 3471 | |
| 3472 | /** |
| 3473 | * @ingroup event_switch |
| 3474 | * |
| 3475 | * @note Timestamps may not always increase. See the libinput documentation |
| 3476 | * for more details. |
| 3477 | * |
| 3478 | * @param event The libinput switch event |
| 3479 | * @return The event time for this event in microseconds |
| 3480 | * |
| 3481 | * @since 1.7 |
| 3482 | */ |
| 3483 | uint64_t |
| 3484 | libinput_event_switch_get_time_usec(struct libinput_event_switch *event); |
| 3485 | |
| 3486 | /** |
| 3487 | * @defgroup base Initialization and manipulation of libinput contexts |
| 3488 | */ |
| 3489 | |
| 3490 | /** |
| 3491 | * @ingroup base |
| 3492 | * @struct libinput_interface |
| 3493 | * |
| 3494 | * libinput does not open file descriptors to devices directly, instead |
| 3495 | * open_restricted() and close_restricted() are called for each path that |
| 3496 | * must be opened. |
| 3497 | * |
| 3498 | * @see libinput_udev_create_context |
| 3499 | * @see libinput_path_create_context |
| 3500 | */ |
| 3501 | struct libinput_interface { |
| 3502 | /** |
| 3503 | * Open the device at the given path with the flags provided and |
| 3504 | * return the fd. |
| 3505 | * |
| 3506 | * @param path The device path to open |
| 3507 | * @param flags Flags as defined by open(2) |
| 3508 | * @param user_data The user_data provided in |
| 3509 | * libinput_udev_create_context() |
| 3510 | * |
| 3511 | * @return The file descriptor, or a negative errno on failure. |
| 3512 | */ |
| 3513 | int (*open_restricted)(const char *path, int flags, void *user_data); |
| 3514 | /** |
| 3515 | * Close the file descriptor. |
| 3516 | * |
| 3517 | * @param fd The file descriptor to close |
| 3518 | * @param user_data The user_data provided in |
| 3519 | * libinput_udev_create_context() |
| 3520 | */ |
| 3521 | void (*close_restricted)(int fd, void *user_data); |
| 3522 | }; |
| 3523 | |
| 3524 | /** |
| 3525 | * @ingroup base |
| 3526 | * |
| 3527 | * Create a new libinput context from udev. This context is inactive until |
| 3528 | * assigned a seat ID with libinput_udev_assign_seat(). |
| 3529 | * |
| 3530 | * @param interface The callback interface |
| 3531 | * @param user_data Caller-specific data passed to the various callback |
| 3532 | * interfaces. |
| 3533 | * @param udev An already initialized udev context |
| 3534 | * |
| 3535 | * @return An initialized, but inactive libinput context or NULL on error |
| 3536 | */ |
| 3537 | struct libinput * |
| 3538 | libinput_udev_create_context(const struct libinput_interface *interface, |
| 3539 | void *user_data, |
| 3540 | struct udev *udev); |
| 3541 | |
| 3542 | /** |
| 3543 | * @ingroup base |
| 3544 | * |
| 3545 | * Assign a seat to this libinput context. New devices or the removal of |
| 3546 | * existing devices will appear as events during libinput_dispatch(). |
| 3547 | * |
| 3548 | * libinput_udev_assign_seat() succeeds even if no input devices are currently |
| 3549 | * available on this seat, or if devices are available but fail to open in |
| 3550 | * @ref libinput_interface::open_restricted. Devices that do not have the |
| 3551 | * minimum capabilities to be recognized as pointer, keyboard or touch |
| 3552 | * device are ignored. Such devices and those that failed to open |
| 3553 | * ignored until the next call to libinput_resume(). |
| 3554 | * |
| 3555 | * This function may only be called once per context. |
| 3556 | * |
| 3557 | * @param libinput A libinput context initialized with |
| 3558 | * libinput_udev_create_context() |
| 3559 | * @param seat_id A seat identifier. This string must not be NULL. |
| 3560 | * |
| 3561 | * @return 0 on success or -1 on failure. |
| 3562 | */ |
| 3563 | int |
| 3564 | libinput_udev_assign_seat(struct libinput *libinput, |
| 3565 | const char *seat_id); |
| 3566 | |
| 3567 | /** |
| 3568 | * @ingroup base |
| 3569 | * |
| 3570 | * Create a new libinput context that requires the caller to manually add or |
| 3571 | * remove devices with libinput_path_add_device() and |
| 3572 | * libinput_path_remove_device(). |
| 3573 | * |
| 3574 | * The context is fully initialized but will not generate events until at |
| 3575 | * least one device has been added. |
| 3576 | * |
| 3577 | * The reference count of the context is initialized to 1. See @ref |
| 3578 | * libinput_unref. |
| 3579 | * |
| 3580 | * @param interface The callback interface |
| 3581 | * @param user_data Caller-specific data passed to the various callback |
| 3582 | * interfaces. |
| 3583 | * |
| 3584 | * @return An initialized, empty libinput context. |
| 3585 | */ |
| 3586 | struct libinput * |
| 3587 | libinput_path_create_context(const struct libinput_interface *interface, |
| 3588 | void *user_data); |
| 3589 | |
| 3590 | /** |
| 3591 | * @ingroup base |
| 3592 | * |
| 3593 | * Add a device to a libinput context initialized with |
| 3594 | * libinput_path_create_context(). If successful, the device will be |
| 3595 | * added to the internal list and re-opened on libinput_resume(). The device |
| 3596 | * can be removed with libinput_path_remove_device(). |
| 3597 | * |
| 3598 | * If the device was successfully initialized, it is returned in the device |
| 3599 | * argument. The lifetime of the returned device pointer is limited until |
| 3600 | * the next libinput_dispatch(), use libinput_device_ref() to keep a permanent |
| 3601 | * reference. |
| 3602 | * |
| 3603 | * @param libinput A previously initialized libinput context |
| 3604 | * @param path Path to an input device |
| 3605 | * @return The newly initiated device on success, or NULL on failure. |
| 3606 | * |
| 3607 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function on a libinput |
| 3608 | * context initialized with libinput_udev_create_context(). |
| 3609 | */ |
| 3610 | struct libinput_device * |
| 3611 | libinput_path_add_device(struct libinput *libinput, |
| 3612 | const char *path); |
| 3613 | |
| 3614 | /** |
| 3615 | * @ingroup base |
| 3616 | * |
| 3617 | * Remove a device from a libinput context initialized with |
| 3618 | * libinput_path_create_context() or added to such a context with |
| 3619 | * libinput_path_add_device(). |
| 3620 | * |
| 3621 | * Events already processed from this input device are kept in the queue, |
| 3622 | * the @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_DEVICE_REMOVED event marks the end of events for |
| 3623 | * this device. |
| 3624 | * |
| 3625 | * If no matching device exists, this function does nothing. |
| 3626 | * |
| 3627 | * @param device A libinput device |
| 3628 | * |
| 3629 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function on a libinput |
| 3630 | * context initialized with libinput_udev_create_context(). |
| 3631 | */ |
| 3632 | void |
| 3633 | libinput_path_remove_device(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 3634 | |
| 3635 | /** |
| 3636 | * @ingroup base |
| 3637 | * |
| 3638 | * libinput keeps a single file descriptor for all events. Call into |
| 3639 | * libinput_dispatch() if any events become available on this fd. |
| 3640 | * |
| 3641 | * @return The file descriptor used to notify of pending events. |
| 3642 | */ |
| 3643 | int |
| 3644 | libinput_get_fd(struct libinput *libinput); |
| 3645 | |
| 3646 | /** |
| 3647 | * @ingroup base |
| 3648 | * |
| 3649 | * Main event dispatchment function. Reads events of the file descriptors |
| 3650 | * and processes them internally. Use libinput_get_event() to retrieve the |
| 3651 | * events. |
| 3652 | * |
| 3653 | * Dispatching does not necessarily queue libinput events. This function |
| 3654 | * should be called immediately once data is available on the file |
| 3655 | * descriptor returned by libinput_get_fd(). libinput has a number of |
| 3656 | * timing-sensitive features (e.g. tap-to-click), any delay in calling |
| 3657 | * libinput_dispatch() may prevent these features from working correctly. |
| 3658 | * |
| 3659 | * @param libinput A previously initialized libinput context |
| 3660 | * |
| 3661 | * @return 0 on success, or a negative errno on failure |
| 3662 | */ |
| 3663 | int |
| 3664 | libinput_dispatch(struct libinput *libinput); |
| 3665 | |
| 3666 | /** |
| 3667 | * @ingroup base |
| 3668 | * |
| 3669 | * Retrieve the next event from libinput's internal event queue. |
| 3670 | * |
| 3671 | * After handling the retrieved event, the caller must destroy it using |
| 3672 | * libinput_event_destroy(). |
| 3673 | * |
| 3674 | * @param libinput A previously initialized libinput context |
| 3675 | * @return The next available event, or NULL if no event is available. |
| 3676 | */ |
| 3677 | struct libinput_event * |
| 3678 | libinput_get_event(struct libinput *libinput); |
| 3679 | |
| 3680 | /** |
| 3681 | * @ingroup base |
| 3682 | * |
| 3683 | * Return the type of the next event in the internal queue. This function |
| 3684 | * does not pop the event off the queue and the next call to |
| 3685 | * libinput_get_event() returns that event. |
| 3686 | * |
| 3687 | * @param libinput A previously initialized libinput context |
| 3688 | * @return The event type of the next available event or @ref |
| 3689 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_NONE if no event is available. |
| 3690 | */ |
| 3691 | enum libinput_event_type |
| 3692 | libinput_next_event_type(struct libinput *libinput); |
| 3693 | |
| 3694 | /** |
| 3695 | * @ingroup base |
| 3696 | * |
| 3697 | * Set caller-specific data associated with this context. libinput does |
| 3698 | * not manage, look at, or modify this data. The caller must ensure the |
| 3699 | * data is valid. |
| 3700 | * |
| 3701 | * @param libinput A previously initialized libinput context |
| 3702 | * @param user_data Caller-specific data passed to the various callback |
| 3703 | * interfaces. |
| 3704 | */ |
| 3705 | void |
| 3706 | libinput_set_user_data(struct libinput *libinput, |
| 3707 | void *user_data); |
| 3708 | |
| 3709 | /** |
| 3710 | * @ingroup base |
| 3711 | * |
| 3712 | * Get the caller-specific data associated with this context, if any. |
| 3713 | * |
| 3714 | * @param libinput A previously initialized libinput context |
| 3715 | * @return The caller-specific data previously assigned in |
| 3716 | * libinput_set_user_data(), libinput_path_create_context() or |
| 3717 | * libinput_udev_create_context(). |
| 3718 | */ |
| 3719 | void * |
| 3720 | libinput_get_user_data(struct libinput *libinput); |
| 3721 | |
| 3722 | /** |
| 3723 | * @ingroup base |
| 3724 | * |
| 3725 | * Resume a suspended libinput context. This re-enables device |
| 3726 | * monitoring and adds existing devices. |
| 3727 | * |
| 3728 | * @param libinput A previously initialized libinput context |
| 3729 | * @see libinput_suspend |
| 3730 | * |
| 3731 | * @return 0 on success or -1 on failure |
| 3732 | */ |
| 3733 | int |
| 3734 | libinput_resume(struct libinput *libinput); |
| 3735 | |
| 3736 | /** |
| 3737 | * @ingroup base |
| 3738 | * |
| 3739 | * Suspend monitoring for new devices and close existing devices. |
| 3740 | * This all but terminates libinput but does keep the context |
| 3741 | * valid to be resumed with libinput_resume(). |
| 3742 | * |
| 3743 | * @param libinput A previously initialized libinput context |
| 3744 | */ |
| 3745 | void |
| 3746 | libinput_suspend(struct libinput *libinput); |
| 3747 | |
| 3748 | /** |
| 3749 | * @ingroup base |
| 3750 | * |
| 3751 | * Add a reference to the context. A context is destroyed whenever the |
| 3752 | * reference count reaches 0. See @ref libinput_unref. |
| 3753 | * |
| 3754 | * @param libinput A previously initialized valid libinput context |
| 3755 | * @return The passed libinput context |
| 3756 | */ |
| 3757 | struct libinput * |
| 3758 | libinput_ref(struct libinput *libinput); |
| 3759 | |
| 3760 | /** |
| 3761 | * @ingroup base |
| 3762 | * |
| 3763 | * Dereference the libinput context. After this, the context may have been |
| 3764 | * destroyed, if the last reference was dereferenced. If so, the context is |
| 3765 | * invalid and may not be interacted with. |
| 3766 | * |
| 3767 | * @bug When the refcount reaches zero, libinput_unref() releases resources |
| 3768 | * even if a caller still holds refcounted references to related resources |
| 3769 | * (e.g. a libinput_device). When libinput_unref() returns |
| 3770 | * NULL, the caller must consider any resources related to that context |
| 3771 | * invalid. See https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=91872. |
| 3772 | * |
| 3773 | * Example code: |
| 3774 | * @code |
| 3775 | * li = libinput_path_create_context(&interface, NULL); |
| 3776 | * device = libinput_path_add_device(li, "/dev/input/event0"); |
| 3777 | * // get extra reference to device |
| 3778 | * libinput_device_ref(device); |
| 3779 | * |
| 3780 | * // refcount reaches 0, so *all* resources are cleaned up, |
| 3781 | * // including device |
| 3782 | * libinput_unref(li); |
| 3783 | * |
| 3784 | * // INCORRECT: device has been cleaned up and must not be used |
| 3785 | * // li = libinput_device_get_context(device); |
| 3786 | * @endcode |
| 3787 | * |
| 3788 | * @param libinput A previously initialized libinput context |
| 3789 | * @return NULL if context was destroyed otherwise the passed context |
| 3790 | */ |
| 3791 | struct libinput * |
| 3792 | libinput_unref(struct libinput *libinput); |
| 3793 | |
| 3794 | /** |
| 3795 | * @ingroup base |
| 3796 | * |
| 3797 | * Set the log priority for the libinput context. Messages with priorities |
| 3798 | * equal to or higher than the argument will be printed to the context's |
| 3799 | * log handler. |
| 3800 | * |
| 3801 | * The default log priority is @ref LIBINPUT_LOG_PRIORITY_ERROR. |
| 3802 | * |
| 3803 | * @param libinput A previously initialized libinput context |
| 3804 | * @param priority The minimum priority of log messages to print. |
| 3805 | * |
| 3806 | * @see libinput_log_set_handler |
| 3807 | * @see libinput_log_get_priority |
| 3808 | */ |
| 3809 | void |
| 3810 | libinput_log_set_priority(struct libinput *libinput, |
| 3811 | enum libinput_log_priority priority); |
| 3812 | |
| 3813 | /** |
| 3814 | * @ingroup base |
| 3815 | * |
| 3816 | * Get the context's log priority. Messages with priorities equal to or |
| 3817 | * higher than the argument will be printed to the current log handler. |
| 3818 | * |
| 3819 | * The default log priority is @ref LIBINPUT_LOG_PRIORITY_ERROR. |
| 3820 | * |
| 3821 | * @param libinput A previously initialized libinput context |
| 3822 | * @return The minimum priority of log messages to print. |
| 3823 | * |
| 3824 | * @see libinput_log_set_handler |
| 3825 | * @see libinput_log_set_priority |
| 3826 | */ |
| 3827 | enum libinput_log_priority |
| 3828 | libinput_log_get_priority(const struct libinput *libinput); |
| 3829 | |
| 3830 | /** |
| 3831 | * @ingroup base |
| 3832 | * |
| 3833 | * Log handler type for custom logging. |
| 3834 | * |
| 3835 | * @param libinput The libinput context |
| 3836 | * @param priority The priority of the current message |
| 3837 | * @param format Message format in printf-style |
| 3838 | * @param args Message arguments |
| 3839 | * |
| 3840 | * @see libinput_log_set_priority |
| 3841 | * @see libinput_log_get_priority |
| 3842 | * @see libinput_log_set_handler |
| 3843 | */ |
| 3844 | typedef void (*libinput_log_handler)(struct libinput *libinput, |
| 3845 | enum libinput_log_priority priority, |
| 3846 | const char *format, va_list args) |
| 3847 | LIBINPUT_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(3, 0); |
| 3848 | |
| 3849 | /** |
| 3850 | * @ingroup base |
| 3851 | * |
| 3852 | * Set the context's log handler. Messages with priorities equal to or |
| 3853 | * higher than the context's log priority will be passed to the given |
| 3854 | * log handler. |
| 3855 | * |
| 3856 | * The default log handler prints to stderr. |
| 3857 | * |
| 3858 | * @param libinput A previously initialized libinput context |
| 3859 | * @param log_handler The log handler for library messages. |
| 3860 | * |
| 3861 | * @see libinput_log_set_priority |
| 3862 | * @see libinput_log_get_priority |
| 3863 | */ |
| 3864 | void |
| 3865 | libinput_log_set_handler(struct libinput *libinput, |
| 3866 | libinput_log_handler log_handler); |
| 3867 | |
| 3868 | /** |
| 3869 | * @defgroup seat Initialization and manipulation of seats |
| 3870 | * |
| 3871 | * A seat has two identifiers, the physical name and the logical name. A |
| 3872 | * device is always assigned to exactly one seat. It may change to a |
| 3873 | * different logical seat but it cannot change physical seats. |
| 3874 | * |
| 3875 | * See the libinput documentation for more information on seats. |
| 3876 | */ |
| 3877 | |
| 3878 | /** |
| 3879 | * @ingroup seat |
| 3880 | * |
| 3881 | * Increase the refcount of the seat. A seat will be freed whenever the |
| 3882 | * refcount reaches 0. This may happen during libinput_dispatch() if the |
| 3883 | * seat was removed from the system. A caller must ensure to reference |
| 3884 | * the seat correctly to avoid dangling pointers. |
| 3885 | * |
| 3886 | * @param seat A previously obtained seat |
| 3887 | * @return The passed seat |
| 3888 | */ |
| 3889 | struct libinput_seat * |
| 3890 | libinput_seat_ref(struct libinput_seat *seat); |
| 3891 | |
| 3892 | /** |
| 3893 | * @ingroup seat |
| 3894 | * |
| 3895 | * Decrease the refcount of the seat. A seat will be freed whenever the |
| 3896 | * refcount reaches 0. This may happen during libinput_dispatch() if the |
| 3897 | * seat was removed from the system. A caller must ensure to reference |
| 3898 | * the seat correctly to avoid dangling pointers. |
| 3899 | * |
| 3900 | * @param seat A previously obtained seat |
| 3901 | * @return NULL if seat was destroyed, otherwise the passed seat |
| 3902 | */ |
| 3903 | struct libinput_seat * |
| 3904 | libinput_seat_unref(struct libinput_seat *seat); |
| 3905 | |
| 3906 | /** |
| 3907 | * @ingroup seat |
| 3908 | * |
| 3909 | * Set caller-specific data associated with this seat. libinput does |
| 3910 | * not manage, look at, or modify this data. The caller must ensure the |
| 3911 | * data is valid. |
| 3912 | * |
| 3913 | * @param seat A previously obtained seat |
| 3914 | * @param user_data Caller-specific data pointer |
| 3915 | * @see libinput_seat_get_user_data |
| 3916 | */ |
| 3917 | void |
| 3918 | libinput_seat_set_user_data(struct libinput_seat *seat, void *user_data); |
| 3919 | |
| 3920 | /** |
| 3921 | * @ingroup seat |
| 3922 | * |
| 3923 | * Get the caller-specific data associated with this seat, if any. |
| 3924 | * |
| 3925 | * @param seat A previously obtained seat |
| 3926 | * @return Caller-specific data pointer or NULL if none was set |
| 3927 | * @see libinput_seat_set_user_data |
| 3928 | */ |
| 3929 | void * |
| 3930 | libinput_seat_get_user_data(struct libinput_seat *seat); |
| 3931 | |
| 3932 | /** |
| 3933 | * @ingroup seat |
| 3934 | * |
| 3935 | * Get the libinput context from the seat. |
| 3936 | * |
| 3937 | * @param seat A previously obtained seat |
| 3938 | * @return The libinput context for this seat. |
| 3939 | */ |
| 3940 | struct libinput * |
| 3941 | libinput_seat_get_context(struct libinput_seat *seat); |
| 3942 | |
| 3943 | /** |
| 3944 | * @ingroup seat |
| 3945 | * |
| 3946 | * Return the physical name of the seat. For libinput contexts created from |
| 3947 | * udev, this is always the same value as passed into |
| 3948 | * libinput_udev_assign_seat() and all seats from that context will have |
| 3949 | * the same physical name. |
| 3950 | * |
| 3951 | * The physical name of the seat is one that is usually set by the system or |
| 3952 | * lower levels of the stack. In most cases, this is the base filter for |
| 3953 | * devices - devices assigned to seats outside the current seat will not |
| 3954 | * be available to the caller. |
| 3955 | * |
| 3956 | * @param seat A previously obtained seat |
| 3957 | * @return The physical name of this seat |
| 3958 | */ |
| 3959 | const char * |
| 3960 | libinput_seat_get_physical_name(struct libinput_seat *seat); |
| 3961 | |
| 3962 | /** |
| 3963 | * @ingroup seat |
| 3964 | * |
| 3965 | * Return the logical name of the seat. This is an identifier to group sets |
| 3966 | * of devices within the compositor. |
| 3967 | * |
| 3968 | * @param seat A previously obtained seat |
| 3969 | * @return The logical name of this seat |
| 3970 | */ |
| 3971 | const char * |
| 3972 | libinput_seat_get_logical_name(struct libinput_seat *seat); |
| 3973 | |
| 3974 | /** |
| 3975 | * @defgroup device Initialization and manipulation of input devices |
| 3976 | */ |
| 3977 | |
| 3978 | /** |
| 3979 | * @ingroup device |
| 3980 | * |
| 3981 | * Increase the refcount of the input device. An input device will be freed |
| 3982 | * whenever the refcount reaches 0. This may happen during |
| 3983 | * libinput_dispatch() if the device was removed from the system. A caller |
| 3984 | * must ensure to reference the device correctly to avoid dangling pointers. |
| 3985 | * |
| 3986 | * @param device A previously obtained device |
| 3987 | * @return The passed device |
| 3988 | */ |
| 3989 | struct libinput_device * |
| 3990 | libinput_device_ref(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 3991 | |
| 3992 | /** |
| 3993 | * @ingroup device |
| 3994 | * |
| 3995 | * Decrease the refcount of the input device. An input device will be freed |
| 3996 | * whenever the refcount reaches 0. This may happen during libinput_dispatch |
| 3997 | * if the device was removed from the system. A caller must ensure to |
| 3998 | * reference the device correctly to avoid dangling pointers. |
| 3999 | * |
| 4000 | * @param device A previously obtained device |
| 4001 | * @return NULL if the device was destroyed, otherwise the passed device |
| 4002 | */ |
| 4003 | struct libinput_device * |
| 4004 | libinput_device_unref(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 4005 | |
| 4006 | /** |
| 4007 | * @ingroup device |
| 4008 | * |
| 4009 | * Set caller-specific data associated with this input device. libinput does |
| 4010 | * not manage, look at, or modify this data. The caller must ensure the |
| 4011 | * data is valid. |
| 4012 | * |
| 4013 | * @param device A previously obtained device |
| 4014 | * @param user_data Caller-specific data pointer |
| 4015 | * @see libinput_device_get_user_data |
| 4016 | */ |
| 4017 | void |
| 4018 | libinput_device_set_user_data(struct libinput_device *device, void *user_data); |
| 4019 | |
| 4020 | /** |
| 4021 | * @ingroup device |
| 4022 | * |
| 4023 | * Get the caller-specific data associated with this input device, if any. |
| 4024 | * |
| 4025 | * @param device A previously obtained device |
| 4026 | * @return Caller-specific data pointer or NULL if none was set |
| 4027 | * @see libinput_device_set_user_data |
| 4028 | */ |
| 4029 | void * |
| 4030 | libinput_device_get_user_data(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 4031 | |
| 4032 | /** |
| 4033 | * @ingroup device |
| 4034 | * |
| 4035 | * Get the libinput context from the device. |
| 4036 | * |
| 4037 | * @param device A previously obtained device |
| 4038 | * @return The libinput context for this device. |
| 4039 | */ |
| 4040 | struct libinput * |
| 4041 | libinput_device_get_context(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 4042 | |
| 4043 | /** |
| 4044 | * @ingroup device |
| 4045 | * |
| 4046 | * Get the device group this device is assigned to. Some physical |
| 4047 | * devices like graphics tablets are represented by multiple kernel |
| 4048 | * devices and thus by multiple struct @ref libinput_device. |
| 4049 | * |
| 4050 | * libinput assigns these devices to the same @ref libinput_device_group |
| 4051 | * allowing the caller to identify such devices and adjust configuration |
| 4052 | * settings accordingly. For example, setting a tablet to left-handed often |
| 4053 | * means turning it upside down. A touch device on the same tablet would |
| 4054 | * need to be turned upside down too to work correctly. |
| 4055 | * |
| 4056 | * All devices are part of a device group though for most devices the group |
| 4057 | * will be a singleton. A device is assigned to a device group on @ref |
| 4058 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_DEVICE_ADDED and removed from that group on @ref |
| 4059 | * LIBINPUT_EVENT_DEVICE_REMOVED. It is up to the caller to track how many |
| 4060 | * devices are in each device group. |
| 4061 | * |
| 4062 | * @dot |
| 4063 | * digraph groups_libinput { |
| 4064 | * rankdir="TB"; |
| 4065 | * node [ |
| 4066 | * shape="box"; |
| 4067 | * ] |
| 4068 | * |
| 4069 | * mouse [ label="mouse"; URL="\ref libinput_device"]; |
| 4070 | * kbd [ label="keyboard"; URL="\ref libinput_device"]; |
| 4071 | * |
| 4072 | * pen [ label="tablet pen"; URL="\ref libinput_device"]; |
| 4073 | * touch [ label="tablet touch"; URL="\ref libinput_device"]; |
| 4074 | * pad [ label="tablet pad"; URL="\ref libinput_device"]; |
| 4075 | * |
| 4076 | * group1 [ label="group 1"; URL="\ref libinput_device_group"]; |
| 4077 | * group2 [ label="group 2"; URL="\ref libinput_device_group"]; |
| 4078 | * group3 [ label="group 3"; URL="\ref libinput_device_group"]; |
| 4079 | * |
| 4080 | * mouse -> group1 |
| 4081 | * kbd -> group2 |
| 4082 | * |
| 4083 | * pen -> group3; |
| 4084 | * touch -> group3; |
| 4085 | * pad -> group3; |
| 4086 | * } |
| 4087 | * @enddot |
| 4088 | * |
| 4089 | * Device groups do not get re-used once the last device in the group was |
| 4090 | * removed, i.e. unplugging and re-plugging a physical device with grouped |
| 4091 | * devices will return a different device group after every unplug. |
| 4092 | * |
| 4093 | * The returned device group is not refcounted and may become invalid after |
| 4094 | * the next call to libinput. Use libinput_device_group_ref() and |
| 4095 | * libinput_device_group_unref() to continue using the handle outside of the |
| 4096 | * immediate scope. |
| 4097 | * |
| 4098 | * Device groups are assigned based on the <b>LIBINPUT_DEVICE_GROUP</b> udev |
| 4099 | * property, see the libinput documentation for more details. |
| 4100 | * |
| 4101 | * @return The device group this device belongs to |
| 4102 | */ |
| 4103 | struct libinput_device_group * |
| 4104 | libinput_device_get_device_group(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 4105 | |
| 4106 | /** |
| 4107 | * @ingroup device |
| 4108 | * |
| 4109 | * Get the system name of the device. |
| 4110 | * |
| 4111 | * To get the descriptive device name, use libinput_device_get_name(). |
| 4112 | * |
| 4113 | * @param device A previously obtained device |
| 4114 | * @return System name of the device |
| 4115 | * |
| 4116 | */ |
| 4117 | const char * |
| 4118 | libinput_device_get_sysname(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 4119 | |
| 4120 | /** |
| 4121 | * @ingroup device |
| 4122 | * |
| 4123 | * The descriptive device name as advertised by the kernel and/or the |
| 4124 | * hardware itself. To get the sysname for this device, use |
| 4125 | * libinput_device_get_sysname(). |
| 4126 | * |
| 4127 | * The lifetime of the returned string is tied to the struct |
| 4128 | * libinput_device. The string may be the empty string but is never NULL. |
| 4129 | * |
| 4130 | * @param device A previously obtained device |
| 4131 | * @return The device name |
| 4132 | */ |
| 4133 | const char * |
| 4134 | libinput_device_get_name(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 4135 | |
| 4136 | /** |
| 4137 | * @ingroup device |
| 4138 | * |
| 4139 | * Get the product ID for this device. |
| 4140 | * |
| 4141 | * @param device A previously obtained device |
| 4142 | * @return The product ID of this device |
| 4143 | */ |
| 4144 | unsigned int |
| 4145 | libinput_device_get_id_product(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 4146 | |
| 4147 | /** |
| 4148 | * @ingroup device |
| 4149 | * |
| 4150 | * Get the vendor ID for this device. |
| 4151 | * |
| 4152 | * @param device A previously obtained device |
| 4153 | * @return The vendor ID of this device |
| 4154 | */ |
| 4155 | unsigned int |
| 4156 | libinput_device_get_id_vendor(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 4157 | |
| 4158 | /** |
| 4159 | * @ingroup device |
| 4160 | * |
| 4161 | * A device may be mapped to a single output, or all available outputs. If a |
| 4162 | * device is mapped to a single output only, a relative device may not move |
| 4163 | * beyond the boundaries of this output. An absolute device has its input |
| 4164 | * coordinates mapped to the extents of this output. |
| 4165 | * |
| 4166 | * @note <b>Use of this function is discouraged.</b> Its return value is not |
| 4167 | * precisely defined and may not be understood by the caller or may be |
| 4168 | * insufficient to map the device. Instead, the system configuration could |
| 4169 | * set a udev property the caller understands and interprets correctly. The |
| 4170 | * caller could then obtain device with libinput_device_get_udev_device() |
| 4171 | * and query it for this property. For more complex cases, the caller |
| 4172 | * must implement monitor-to-device association heuristics. |
| 4173 | * |
| 4174 | * @return The name of the output this device is mapped to, or NULL if no |
| 4175 | * output is set |
| 4176 | */ |
| 4177 | const char * |
| 4178 | libinput_device_get_output_name(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 4179 | |
| 4180 | /** |
| 4181 | * @ingroup device |
| 4182 | * |
| 4183 | * Get the seat associated with this input device. |
| 4184 | * |
| 4185 | * A seat can be uniquely identified by the physical and logical seat name. |
| 4186 | * There will ever be only one seat instance with a given physical and logical |
| 4187 | * seat name pair at any given time, but if no external reference is kept, it |
| 4188 | * may be destroyed if no device belonging to it is left. |
| 4189 | * |
| 4190 | * The returned seat is not refcounted and may become invalid after |
| 4191 | * the next call to libinput. Use libinput_seat_ref() and |
| 4192 | * libinput_seat_unref() to continue using the handle outside of the |
| 4193 | * immediate scope. |
| 4194 | * |
| 4195 | * See the libinput documentation for more information on seats. |
| 4196 | * |
| 4197 | * @param device A previously obtained device |
| 4198 | * @return The seat this input device belongs to |
| 4199 | */ |
| 4200 | struct libinput_seat * |
| 4201 | libinput_device_get_seat(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 4202 | |
| 4203 | /** |
| 4204 | * @ingroup device |
| 4205 | * |
| 4206 | * Change the logical seat associated with this device by removing the |
| 4207 | * device and adding it to the new seat. |
| 4208 | * |
| 4209 | * This command is identical to physically unplugging the device, then |
| 4210 | * re-plugging it as a member of the new seat. libinput will generate a |
| 4211 | * @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_DEVICE_REMOVED event and this @ref libinput_device is |
| 4212 | * considered removed from the context; it will not generate further events |
| 4213 | * and will be freed when the refcount reaches zero. |
| 4214 | * A @ref LIBINPUT_EVENT_DEVICE_ADDED event is generated with a new @ref |
| 4215 | * libinput_device handle. It is the caller's responsibility to update |
| 4216 | * references to the new device accordingly. |
| 4217 | * |
| 4218 | * If the logical seat name already exists in the device's physical seat, |
| 4219 | * the device is added to this seat. Otherwise, a new seat is created. |
| 4220 | * |
| 4221 | * @note This change applies to this device until removal or @ref |
| 4222 | * libinput_suspend(), whichever happens earlier. |
| 4223 | * |
| 4224 | * @param device A previously obtained device |
| 4225 | * @param name The new logical seat name |
| 4226 | * @return 0 on success, non-zero on error |
| 4227 | */ |
| 4228 | int |
| 4229 | libinput_device_set_seat_logical_name(struct libinput_device *device, |
| 4230 | const char *name); |
| 4231 | |
| 4232 | /** |
| 4233 | * @ingroup device |
| 4234 | * |
| 4235 | * Return a udev handle to the device that is this libinput device, if any. |
| 4236 | * The returned handle has a refcount of at least 1, the caller must call |
| 4237 | * <i>udev_device_unref()</i> once to release the associated resources. |
| 4238 | * See the [libudev documentation] |
| 4239 | * (http://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/libudev/) for details. |
| 4240 | * |
| 4241 | * Some devices may not have a udev device, or the udev device may be |
| 4242 | * unobtainable. This function returns NULL if no udev device was available. |
| 4243 | * |
| 4244 | * Calling this function multiple times for the same device may not |
| 4245 | * return the same udev handle each time. |
| 4246 | * |
| 4247 | * @param device A previously obtained device |
| 4248 | * @return A udev handle to the device with a refcount of >= 1 or NULL. |
| 4249 | * @retval NULL This device is not represented by a udev device |
| 4250 | */ |
| 4251 | struct udev_device * |
| 4252 | libinput_device_get_udev_device(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 4253 | |
| 4254 | /** |
| 4255 | * @ingroup device |
| 4256 | * |
| 4257 | * Update the LEDs on the device, if any. If the device does not have |
| 4258 | * LEDs, or does not have one or more of the LEDs given in the mask, this |
| 4259 | * function does nothing. |
| 4260 | * |
| 4261 | * @param device A previously obtained device |
| 4262 | * @param leds A mask of the LEDs to set, or unset. |
| 4263 | */ |
| 4264 | void |
| 4265 | libinput_device_led_update(struct libinput_device *device, |
| 4266 | enum libinput_led leds); |
| 4267 | |
| 4268 | /** |
| 4269 | * @ingroup device |
| 4270 | * |
| 4271 | * Check if the given device has the specified capability |
| 4272 | * |
| 4273 | * @return Non-zero if the given device has the capability or zero otherwise |
| 4274 | */ |
| 4275 | int |
| 4276 | libinput_device_has_capability(struct libinput_device *device, |
| 4277 | enum libinput_device_capability capability); |
| 4278 | |
| 4279 | /** |
| 4280 | * @ingroup device |
| 4281 | * |
| 4282 | * Get the physical size of a device in mm, where meaningful. This function |
| 4283 | * only succeeds on devices with the required data, i.e. tablets, touchpads |
| 4284 | * and touchscreens. |
| 4285 | * |
| 4286 | * If this function returns nonzero, width and height are unmodified. |
| 4287 | * |
| 4288 | * @param device The device |
| 4289 | * @param width Set to the width of the device |
| 4290 | * @param height Set to the height of the device |
| 4291 | * @return 0 on success, or nonzero otherwise |
| 4292 | */ |
| 4293 | int |
| 4294 | libinput_device_get_size(struct libinput_device *device, |
| 4295 | double *width, |
| 4296 | double *height); |
| 4297 | |
| 4298 | /** |
| 4299 | * @ingroup device |
| 4300 | * |
| 4301 | * Check if a @ref LIBINPUT_DEVICE_CAP_POINTER device has a button with the |
| 4302 | * given code (see linux/input-event-codes.h). |
| 4303 | * |
| 4304 | * @param device A current input device |
| 4305 | * @param code Button code to check for, e.g. <i>BTN_LEFT</i> |
| 4306 | * |
| 4307 | * @return 1 if the device supports this button code, 0 if it does not, -1 |
| 4308 | * on error. |
| 4309 | */ |
| 4310 | int |
| 4311 | libinput_device_pointer_has_button(struct libinput_device *device, uint32_t code); |
| 4312 | |
| 4313 | /** |
| 4314 | * @ingroup device |
| 4315 | * |
| 4316 | * Check if a @ref LIBINPUT_DEVICE_CAP_KEYBOARD device has a key with the |
| 4317 | * given code (see linux/input-event-codes.h). |
| 4318 | * |
| 4319 | * @param device A current input device |
| 4320 | * @param code Key code to check for, e.g. <i>KEY_ESC</i> |
| 4321 | * |
| 4322 | * @return 1 if the device supports this key code, 0 if it does not, -1 |
| 4323 | * on error. |
| 4324 | */ |
| 4325 | int |
| 4326 | libinput_device_keyboard_has_key(struct libinput_device *device, |
| 4327 | uint32_t code); |
| 4328 | |
| 4329 | /** |
| 4330 | * @ingroup device |
| 4331 | * |
| 4332 | * Check how many touches a @ref LIBINPUT_DEVICE_CAP_TOUCH device supports |
| 4333 | * simultaneously. |
| 4334 | * |
| 4335 | * @param device A current input device |
| 4336 | * |
| 4337 | * @return The number of simultaneous touches or 0 if unknown, -1 |
| 4338 | * on error. |
| 4339 | * |
| 4340 | * @since 1.11 |
| 4341 | */ |
| 4342 | int |
| 4343 | libinput_device_touch_get_touch_count(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 4344 | |
| 4345 | /** |
| 4346 | * @ingroup device |
| 4347 | * |
| 4348 | * Check if a @ref LIBINPUT_DEVICE_CAP_SWITCH device has a switch of the |
| 4349 | * given type. |
| 4350 | * |
| 4351 | * @param device A current input device |
| 4352 | * @param sw Switch to check for |
| 4353 | * |
| 4354 | * @return 1 if the device supports this switch, 0 if it does not, -1 |
| 4355 | * on error. |
| 4356 | * |
| 4357 | * @since 1.9 |
| 4358 | */ |
| 4359 | int |
| 4360 | libinput_device_switch_has_switch(struct libinput_device *device, |
| 4361 | enum libinput_switch sw); |
| 4362 | |
| 4363 | /** |
| 4364 | * @ingroup device |
| 4365 | * |
| 4366 | * Return the number of buttons on a device with the |
| 4367 | * @ref LIBINPUT_DEVICE_CAP_TABLET_PAD capability. |
| 4368 | * Buttons on a pad device are numbered sequentially, see the |
| 4369 | * libinput documentation for details. |
| 4370 | * |
| 4371 | * @param device A current input device |
| 4372 | * |
| 4373 | * @return The number of buttons supported by the device. |
| 4374 | * |
| 4375 | * @since 1.3 |
| 4376 | */ |
| 4377 | int |
| 4378 | libinput_device_tablet_pad_get_num_buttons(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 4379 | |
| 4380 | /** |
| 4381 | * @ingroup device |
| 4382 | * |
| 4383 | * Return the number of rings a device with the @ref |
| 4384 | * LIBINPUT_DEVICE_CAP_TABLET_PAD capability provides. |
| 4385 | * |
| 4386 | * @param device A current input device |
| 4387 | * |
| 4388 | * @return The number of rings or 0 if the device has no rings. |
| 4389 | * |
| 4390 | * @see libinput_event_tablet_pad_get_ring_number |
| 4391 | * |
| 4392 | * @since 1.3 |
| 4393 | */ |
| 4394 | int |
| 4395 | libinput_device_tablet_pad_get_num_rings(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 4396 | |
| 4397 | /** |
| 4398 | * @ingroup device |
| 4399 | * |
| 4400 | * Return the number of strips a device with the @ref |
| 4401 | * LIBINPUT_DEVICE_CAP_TABLET_PAD capability provides. |
| 4402 | * |
| 4403 | * @param device A current input device |
| 4404 | * |
| 4405 | * @return The number of strips or 0 if the device has no strips. |
| 4406 | * |
| 4407 | * @see libinput_event_tablet_pad_get_strip_number |
| 4408 | * |
| 4409 | * @since 1.3 |
| 4410 | */ |
| 4411 | int |
| 4412 | libinput_device_tablet_pad_get_num_strips(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 4413 | |
| 4414 | /** |
| 4415 | * @ingroup device |
| 4416 | * |
| 4417 | * Check if a @ref LIBINPUT_DEVICE_CAP_TABLET_PAD device has a key with the |
| 4418 | * given code (see linux/input-event-codes.h). |
| 4419 | * |
| 4420 | * @param device A current input device |
| 4421 | * @param code Key code to check for, e.g. <i>KEY_ESC</i> |
| 4422 | * |
| 4423 | * @return 1 if the device supports this key code, 0 if it does not, -1 |
| 4424 | * on error. |
| 4425 | * |
| 4426 | * @since 1.15 |
| 4427 | */ |
| 4428 | int |
| 4429 | libinput_device_tablet_pad_has_key(struct libinput_device *device, |
| 4430 | uint32_t code); |
| 4431 | |
| 4432 | /** |
| 4433 | * @ingroup device |
| 4434 | * |
| 4435 | * Increase the refcount of the device group. A device group will be freed |
| 4436 | * whenever the refcount reaches 0. This may happen during |
| 4437 | * libinput_dispatch() if all devices of this group were removed from the |
| 4438 | * system. A caller must ensure to reference the device group correctly to |
| 4439 | * avoid dangling pointers. |
| 4440 | * |
| 4441 | * @param group A previously obtained device group |
| 4442 | * @return The passed device group |
| 4443 | */ |
| 4444 | struct libinput_device_group * |
| 4445 | libinput_device_group_ref(struct libinput_device_group *group); |
| 4446 | |
| 4447 | /** |
| 4448 | * @ingroup device |
| 4449 | * |
| 4450 | * Decrease the refcount of the device group. A device group will be freed |
| 4451 | * whenever the refcount reaches 0. This may happen during |
| 4452 | * libinput_dispatch() if all devices of this group were removed from the |
| 4453 | * system. A caller must ensure to reference the device group correctly to |
| 4454 | * avoid dangling pointers. |
| 4455 | * |
| 4456 | * @param group A previously obtained device group |
| 4457 | * @return NULL if the device group was destroyed, otherwise the passed |
| 4458 | * device group |
| 4459 | */ |
| 4460 | struct libinput_device_group * |
| 4461 | libinput_device_group_unref(struct libinput_device_group *group); |
| 4462 | |
| 4463 | /** |
| 4464 | * @ingroup device |
| 4465 | * |
| 4466 | * Set caller-specific data associated with this device group. libinput does |
| 4467 | * not manage, look at, or modify this data. The caller must ensure the |
| 4468 | * data is valid. |
| 4469 | * |
| 4470 | * @param group A previously obtained device group |
| 4471 | * @param user_data Caller-specific data pointer |
| 4472 | * @see libinput_device_group_get_user_data |
| 4473 | */ |
| 4474 | void |
| 4475 | libinput_device_group_set_user_data(struct libinput_device_group *group, |
| 4476 | void *user_data); |
| 4477 | |
| 4478 | /** |
| 4479 | * @ingroup device |
| 4480 | * |
| 4481 | * Get the caller-specific data associated with this input device group, if |
| 4482 | * any. |
| 4483 | * |
| 4484 | * @param group A previously obtained group |
| 4485 | * @return Caller-specific data pointer or NULL if none was set |
| 4486 | * @see libinput_device_group_set_user_data |
| 4487 | */ |
| 4488 | void * |
| 4489 | libinput_device_group_get_user_data(struct libinput_device_group *group); |
| 4490 | |
| 4491 | /** |
| 4492 | * @defgroup config Device configuration |
| 4493 | * |
| 4494 | * Enable, disable, change and/or check for device-specific features. For |
| 4495 | * all features, libinput assigns a default based on the hardware |
| 4496 | * configuration. This default can be obtained with the respective |
| 4497 | * get_default call. |
| 4498 | * |
| 4499 | * Configuration options are device dependent and not all options are |
| 4500 | * supported on all devices. For all configuration options, libinput |
| 4501 | * provides a call to check if a configuration option is available on a |
| 4502 | * device (e.g. libinput_device_config_calibration_has_matrix()) |
| 4503 | * |
| 4504 | * Some configuration option may be dependent on or mutually exclusive with |
| 4505 | * with other options. The behavior in those cases is |
| 4506 | * implementation-dependent, the caller must ensure that the options are set |
| 4507 | * in the right order. |
| 4508 | * |
| 4509 | * Below is a general grouping of configuration options according to device |
| 4510 | * type. Note that this is a guide only and not indicative of any specific |
| 4511 | * device. |
| 4512 | * - Touchpad: |
| 4513 | * - libinput_device_config_tap_set_enabled() |
| 4514 | * - libinput_device_config_tap_set_drag_enabled() |
| 4515 | * - libinput_device_config_tap_set_drag_lock_enabled() |
| 4516 | * - libinput_device_config_click_set_method() |
| 4517 | * - libinput_device_config_scroll_set_method() |
| 4518 | * - libinput_device_config_dwt_set_enabled() |
| 4519 | * - Touchscreens: |
| 4520 | * - libinput_device_config_calibration_set_matrix() |
| 4521 | * - Pointer devices (mice, trackballs, touchpads): |
| 4522 | * - libinput_device_config_accel_set_speed() |
| 4523 | * - libinput_device_config_accel_set_profile() |
| 4524 | * - libinput_device_config_scroll_set_natural_scroll_enabled() |
| 4525 | * - libinput_device_config_left_handed_set() |
| 4526 | * - libinput_device_config_middle_emulation_set_enabled() |
| 4527 | * - libinput_device_config_rotation_set_angle() |
| 4528 | * - All devices: |
| 4529 | * - libinput_device_config_send_events_set_mode() |
| 4530 | */ |
| 4531 | |
| 4532 | /** |
| 4533 | * @ingroup config |
| 4534 | * |
| 4535 | * Status codes returned when applying configuration settings. |
| 4536 | */ |
| 4537 | enum libinput_config_status { |
| 4538 | LIBINPUT_CONFIG_STATUS_SUCCESS = 0, /**< Config applied successfully */ |
| 4539 | LIBINPUT_CONFIG_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED, /**< Configuration not available on |
| 4540 | this device */ |
| 4541 | LIBINPUT_CONFIG_STATUS_INVALID, /**< Invalid parameter range */ |
| 4542 | }; |
| 4543 | |
| 4544 | /** |
| 4545 | * @ingroup config |
| 4546 | * |
| 4547 | * Return a string describing the error. |
| 4548 | * |
| 4549 | * @param status The status to translate to a string |
| 4550 | * @return A human-readable string representing the error or NULL for an |
| 4551 | * invalid status. |
| 4552 | */ |
| 4553 | const char * |
| 4554 | libinput_config_status_to_str(enum libinput_config_status status); |
| 4555 | |
| 4556 | /** |
| 4557 | * @ingroup config |
| 4558 | */ |
| 4559 | enum libinput_config_tap_state { |
| 4560 | LIBINPUT_CONFIG_TAP_DISABLED, /**< Tapping is to be disabled, or is |
| 4561 | currently disabled */ |
| 4562 | LIBINPUT_CONFIG_TAP_ENABLED, /**< Tapping is to be enabled, or is |
| 4563 | currently enabled */ |
| 4564 | }; |
| 4565 | |
| 4566 | /** |
| 4567 | * @ingroup config |
| 4568 | * |
| 4569 | * Check if the device supports tap-to-click and how many fingers can be |
| 4570 | * used for tapping. See |
| 4571 | * libinput_device_config_tap_set_enabled() for more information. |
| 4572 | * |
| 4573 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 4574 | * @return The number of fingers that can generate a tap event, or 0 if the |
| 4575 | * device does not support tapping. |
| 4576 | * |
| 4577 | * @see libinput_device_config_tap_set_enabled |
| 4578 | * @see libinput_device_config_tap_get_enabled |
| 4579 | * @see libinput_device_config_tap_get_default_enabled |
| 4580 | */ |
| 4581 | int |
| 4582 | libinput_device_config_tap_get_finger_count(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 4583 | |
| 4584 | /** |
| 4585 | * @ingroup config |
| 4586 | * |
| 4587 | * Enable or disable tap-to-click on this device, with a default mapping of |
| 4588 | * 1, 2, 3 finger tap mapping to left, right, middle click, respectively. |
| 4589 | * Tapping is limited by the number of simultaneous touches |
| 4590 | * supported by the device, see |
| 4591 | * libinput_device_config_tap_get_finger_count(). |
| 4592 | * |
| 4593 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 4594 | * @param enable @ref LIBINPUT_CONFIG_TAP_ENABLED to enable tapping or @ref |
| 4595 | * LIBINPUT_CONFIG_TAP_DISABLED to disable tapping |
| 4596 | * |
| 4597 | * @return A config status code. Disabling tapping on a device that does not |
| 4598 | * support tapping always succeeds. |
| 4599 | * |
| 4600 | * @see libinput_device_config_tap_get_finger_count |
| 4601 | * @see libinput_device_config_tap_get_enabled |
| 4602 | * @see libinput_device_config_tap_get_default_enabled |
| 4603 | */ |
| 4604 | enum libinput_config_status |
| 4605 | libinput_device_config_tap_set_enabled(struct libinput_device *device, |
| 4606 | enum libinput_config_tap_state enable); |
| 4607 | |
| 4608 | /** |
| 4609 | * @ingroup config |
| 4610 | * |
| 4611 | * Check if tap-to-click is enabled on this device. If the device does not |
| 4612 | * support tapping, this function always returns @ref |
| 4613 | * LIBINPUT_CONFIG_TAP_DISABLED. |
| 4614 | * |
| 4615 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 4616 | * |
| 4617 | * @retval LIBINPUT_CONFIG_TAP_ENABLED If tapping is currently enabled |
| 4618 | * @retval LIBINPUT_CONFIG_TAP_DISABLED If tapping is currently disabled |
| 4619 | * |
| 4620 | * @see libinput_device_config_tap_get_finger_count |
| 4621 | * @see libinput_device_config_tap_set_enabled |
| 4622 | * @see libinput_device_config_tap_get_default_enabled |
| 4623 | */ |
| 4624 | enum libinput_config_tap_state |
| 4625 | libinput_device_config_tap_get_enabled(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 4626 | |
| 4627 | /** |
| 4628 | * @ingroup config |
| 4629 | * |
| 4630 | * Return the default setting for whether tap-to-click is enabled on this |
| 4631 | * device. |
| 4632 | * |
| 4633 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 4634 | * @retval LIBINPUT_CONFIG_TAP_ENABLED If tapping is enabled by default |
| 4635 | * @retval LIBINPUT_CONFIG_TAP_DISABLED If tapping Is disabled by default |
| 4636 | * |
| 4637 | * @see libinput_device_config_tap_get_finger_count |
| 4638 | * @see libinput_device_config_tap_set_enabled |
| 4639 | * @see libinput_device_config_tap_get_enabled |
| 4640 | */ |
| 4641 | enum libinput_config_tap_state |
| 4642 | libinput_device_config_tap_get_default_enabled(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 4643 | |
| 4644 | /** |
| 4645 | * @ingroup config |
| 4646 | * |
| 4647 | * @since 1.5 |
| 4648 | */ |
| 4649 | enum libinput_config_tap_button_map { |
| 4650 | /** 1/2/3 finger tap maps to left/right/middle */ |
| 4651 | LIBINPUT_CONFIG_TAP_MAP_LRM, |
| 4652 | /** 1/2/3 finger tap maps to left/middle/right*/ |
| 4653 | LIBINPUT_CONFIG_TAP_MAP_LMR, |
| 4654 | }; |
| 4655 | |
| 4656 | /** |
| 4657 | * @ingroup config |
| 4658 | * |
| 4659 | * Set the finger number to button number mapping for tap-to-click. The |
| 4660 | * default mapping on most devices is to have a 1, 2 and 3 finger tap to map |
| 4661 | * to the left, right and middle button, respectively. |
| 4662 | * A device may permit changing the button mapping but disallow specific |
| 4663 | * maps. In this case @ref LIBINPUT_CONFIG_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED is returned, |
| 4664 | * the caller is expected to handle this case correctly. |
| 4665 | * |
| 4666 | * Changing the button mapping may not take effect immediately, |
| 4667 | * the device may wait until it is in a neutral state before applying any |
| 4668 | * changes. |
| 4669 | * |
| 4670 | * The mapping may be changed when tap-to-click is disabled. The new mapping |
| 4671 | * takes effect when tap-to-click is enabled in the future. |
| 4672 | * |
| 4673 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for devices where |
| 4674 | * libinput_device_config_tap_get_finger_count() returns 0. |
| 4675 | * |
| 4676 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 4677 | * @param map The new finger-to-button number mapping |
| 4678 | * @return A config status code. Changing the order on a device that does not |
| 4679 | * support tapping always fails with @ref LIBINPUT_CONFIG_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED. |
| 4680 | * |
| 4681 | * @see libinput_device_config_tap_get_button_map |
| 4682 | * @see libinput_device_config_tap_get_default_button_map |
| 4683 | * |
| 4684 | * @since 1.5 |
| 4685 | */ |
| 4686 | enum libinput_config_status |
| 4687 | libinput_device_config_tap_set_button_map(struct libinput_device *device, |
| 4688 | enum libinput_config_tap_button_map map); |
| 4689 | |
| 4690 | /** |
| 4691 | * @ingroup config |
| 4692 | * |
| 4693 | * Get the finger number to button number mapping for tap-to-click. |
| 4694 | * |
| 4695 | * The return value for a device that does not support tapping is always |
| 4696 | * @ref LIBINPUT_CONFIG_TAP_MAP_LRM. |
| 4697 | * |
| 4698 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for devices where |
| 4699 | * libinput_device_config_tap_get_finger_count() returns 0. |
| 4700 | * |
| 4701 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 4702 | * @return The current finger-to-button number mapping |
| 4703 | * |
| 4704 | * @see libinput_device_config_tap_set_button_map |
| 4705 | * @see libinput_device_config_tap_get_default_button_map |
| 4706 | * |
| 4707 | * @since 1.5 |
| 4708 | */ |
| 4709 | enum libinput_config_tap_button_map |
| 4710 | libinput_device_config_tap_get_button_map(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 4711 | |
| 4712 | /** |
| 4713 | * @ingroup config |
| 4714 | * |
| 4715 | * Get the default finger number to button number mapping for tap-to-click. |
| 4716 | * |
| 4717 | * The return value for a device that does not support tapping is always |
| 4718 | * @ref LIBINPUT_CONFIG_TAP_MAP_LRM. |
| 4719 | * |
| 4720 | * @note It is an application bug to call this function for devices where |
| 4721 | * libinput_device_config_tap_get_finger_count() returns 0. |
| 4722 | * |
| 4723 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 4724 | * @return The current finger-to-button number mapping |
| 4725 | * |
| 4726 | * @see libinput_device_config_tap_set_button_map |
| 4727 | * @see libinput_device_config_tap_get_default_button_map |
| 4728 | * |
| 4729 | * @since 1.5 |
| 4730 | */ |
| 4731 | enum libinput_config_tap_button_map |
| 4732 | libinput_device_config_tap_get_default_button_map(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 4733 | |
| 4734 | /** |
| 4735 | * @ingroup config |
| 4736 | * |
| 4737 | * A config status to distinguish or set dragging on a device. Currently |
| 4738 | * implemented for tap-and-drag only, see |
| 4739 | * libinput_device_config_tap_set_drag_enabled() |
| 4740 | * |
| 4741 | * @since 1.2 |
| 4742 | */ |
| 4743 | enum libinput_config_drag_state { |
| 4744 | /** |
| 4745 | * Drag is to be disabled, or is |
| 4746 | * currently disabled. |
| 4747 | */ |
| 4748 | LIBINPUT_CONFIG_DRAG_DISABLED, |
| 4749 | /** |
| 4750 | * Drag is to be enabled, or is |
| 4751 | * currently enabled |
| 4752 | */ |
| 4753 | LIBINPUT_CONFIG_DRAG_ENABLED, |
| 4754 | }; |
| 4755 | |
| 4756 | /** |
| 4757 | * @ingroup config |
| 4758 | * |
| 4759 | * Enable or disable tap-and-drag on this device. When enabled, a |
| 4760 | * tap immediately followed by a finger down results in a button down event, |
| 4761 | * subsequent finger motion thus triggers a drag. The button is released |
| 4762 | * on finger up. See the libinput documentation for more details. |
| 4763 | * |
| 4764 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 4765 | * @param enable @ref LIBINPUT_CONFIG_DRAG_ENABLED to enable, @ref |
| 4766 | * LIBINPUT_CONFIG_DRAG_DISABLED to disable tap-and-drag |
| 4767 | * |
| 4768 | * @see libinput_device_config_tap_drag_get_enabled |
| 4769 | * @see libinput_device_config_tap_drag_get_default_enabled |
| 4770 | * |
| 4771 | * @since 1.2 |
| 4772 | */ |
| 4773 | enum libinput_config_status |
| 4774 | libinput_device_config_tap_set_drag_enabled(struct libinput_device *device, |
| 4775 | enum libinput_config_drag_state enable); |
| 4776 | |
| 4777 | /** |
| 4778 | * @ingroup config |
| 4779 | * |
| 4780 | * Return whether tap-and-drag is enabled or disabled on this device. |
| 4781 | * |
| 4782 | * @param device The device to check |
| 4783 | * @retval LIBINPUT_CONFIG_DRAG_ENABLED if tap-and-drag is enabled |
| 4784 | * @retval LIBINPUT_CONFIG_DRAG_DISABLED if tap-and-drag is |
| 4785 | * disabled |
| 4786 | * |
| 4787 | * @see libinput_device_config_tap_drag_set_enabled |
| 4788 | * @see libinput_device_config_tap_drag_get_default_enabled |
| 4789 | * |
| 4790 | * @since 1.2 |
| 4791 | */ |
| 4792 | enum libinput_config_drag_state |
| 4793 | libinput_device_config_tap_get_drag_enabled(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 4794 | |
| 4795 | /** |
| 4796 | * @ingroup config |
| 4797 | * |
| 4798 | * Return whether tap-and-drag is enabled or disabled by default on this |
| 4799 | * device. |
| 4800 | * |
| 4801 | * @param device The device to check |
| 4802 | * @retval LIBINPUT_CONFIG_DRAG_ENABLED if tap-and-drag is enabled by |
| 4803 | * default |
| 4804 | * @retval LIBINPUT_CONFIG_DRAG_DISABLED if tap-and-drag is |
| 4805 | * disabled by default |
| 4806 | * |
| 4807 | * @see libinput_device_config_tap_drag_set_enabled |
| 4808 | * @see libinput_device_config_tap_drag_get_enabled |
| 4809 | * |
| 4810 | * @since 1.2 |
| 4811 | */ |
| 4812 | enum libinput_config_drag_state |
| 4813 | libinput_device_config_tap_get_default_drag_enabled(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 4814 | |
| 4815 | /** |
| 4816 | * @ingroup config |
| 4817 | */ |
| 4818 | enum libinput_config_drag_lock_state { |
| 4819 | /** Drag lock is to be disabled, or is currently disabled */ |
| 4820 | LIBINPUT_CONFIG_DRAG_LOCK_DISABLED, |
| 4821 | /** Drag lock is to be enabled, or is currently disabled */ |
| 4822 | LIBINPUT_CONFIG_DRAG_LOCK_ENABLED, |
| 4823 | }; |
| 4824 | |
| 4825 | /** |
| 4826 | * @ingroup config |
| 4827 | * |
| 4828 | * Enable or disable drag-lock during tapping on this device. When enabled, |
| 4829 | * a finger may be lifted and put back on the touchpad within a timeout and |
| 4830 | * the drag process continues. When disabled, lifting the finger during a |
| 4831 | * tap-and-drag will immediately stop the drag. See the libinput |
| 4832 | * documentation for more details. |
| 4833 | * |
| 4834 | * Enabling drag lock on a device that has tapping disabled is permitted, |
| 4835 | * but has no effect until tapping is enabled. |
| 4836 | * |
| 4837 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 4838 | * @param enable @ref LIBINPUT_CONFIG_DRAG_LOCK_ENABLED to enable drag lock |
| 4839 | * or @ref LIBINPUT_CONFIG_DRAG_LOCK_DISABLED to disable drag lock |
| 4840 | * |
| 4841 | * @return A config status code. Disabling drag lock on a device that does not |
| 4842 | * support tapping always succeeds. |
| 4843 | * |
| 4844 | * @see libinput_device_config_tap_get_drag_lock_enabled |
| 4845 | * @see libinput_device_config_tap_get_default_drag_lock_enabled |
| 4846 | */ |
| 4847 | enum libinput_config_status |
| 4848 | libinput_device_config_tap_set_drag_lock_enabled(struct libinput_device *device, |
| 4849 | enum libinput_config_drag_lock_state enable); |
| 4850 | |
| 4851 | /** |
| 4852 | * @ingroup config |
| 4853 | * |
| 4854 | * Check if drag-lock during tapping is enabled on this device. If the |
| 4855 | * device does not support tapping, this function always returns |
| 4856 | * @ref LIBINPUT_CONFIG_DRAG_LOCK_DISABLED. |
| 4857 | * |
| 4858 | * Drag lock may be enabled even when tapping is disabled. |
| 4859 | * |
| 4860 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 4861 | * |
| 4862 | * @retval LIBINPUT_CONFIG_DRAG_LOCK_ENABLED If drag lock is currently enabled |
| 4863 | * @retval LIBINPUT_CONFIG_DRAG_LOCK_DISABLED If drag lock is currently disabled |
| 4864 | * |
| 4865 | * @see libinput_device_config_tap_set_drag_lock_enabled |
| 4866 | * @see libinput_device_config_tap_get_default_drag_lock_enabled |
| 4867 | */ |
| 4868 | enum libinput_config_drag_lock_state |
| 4869 | libinput_device_config_tap_get_drag_lock_enabled(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 4870 | |
| 4871 | /** |
| 4872 | * @ingroup config |
| 4873 | * |
| 4874 | * Check if drag-lock during tapping is enabled by default on this device. |
| 4875 | * If the device does not support tapping, this function always returns |
| 4876 | * @ref LIBINPUT_CONFIG_DRAG_LOCK_DISABLED. |
| 4877 | * |
| 4878 | * Drag lock may be enabled by default even when tapping is disabled by |
| 4879 | * default. |
| 4880 | * |
| 4881 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 4882 | * |
| 4883 | * @retval LIBINPUT_CONFIG_DRAG_LOCK_ENABLED If drag lock is enabled by |
| 4884 | * default |
| 4885 | * @retval LIBINPUT_CONFIG_DRAG_LOCK_DISABLED If drag lock is disabled by |
| 4886 | * default |
| 4887 | * |
| 4888 | * @see libinput_device_config_tap_set_drag_lock_enabled |
| 4889 | * @see libinput_device_config_tap_get_drag_lock_enabled |
| 4890 | */ |
| 4891 | enum libinput_config_drag_lock_state |
| 4892 | libinput_device_config_tap_get_default_drag_lock_enabled(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 4893 | |
| 4894 | /** |
| 4895 | * @ingroup config |
| 4896 | * |
| 4897 | * Check if the device can be calibrated via a calibration matrix. |
| 4898 | * |
| 4899 | * @param device The device to check |
| 4900 | * @return Non-zero if the device can be calibrated, zero otherwise. |
| 4901 | * |
| 4902 | * @see libinput_device_config_calibration_set_matrix |
| 4903 | * @see libinput_device_config_calibration_get_matrix |
| 4904 | * @see libinput_device_config_calibration_get_default_matrix |
| 4905 | */ |
| 4906 | int |
| 4907 | libinput_device_config_calibration_has_matrix(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 4908 | |
| 4909 | /** |
| 4910 | * @ingroup config |
| 4911 | * |
| 4912 | * Apply the 3x3 transformation matrix to absolute device coordinates. This |
| 4913 | * matrix has no effect on relative events. |
| 4914 | * |
| 4915 | * Given a 6-element array [a, b, c, d, e, f], the matrix is applied as |
| 4916 | * @code |
| 4917 | * [ a b c ] [ x ] |
| 4918 | * [ d e f ] * [ y ] |
| 4919 | * [ 0 0 1 ] [ 1 ] |
| 4920 | * @endcode |
| 4921 | * |
| 4922 | * The translation component (c, f) is expected to be normalized to the |
| 4923 | * device coordinate range. For example, the matrix |
| 4924 | * @code |
| 4925 | * [ 1 0 1 ] |
| 4926 | * [ 0 1 -1 ] |
| 4927 | * [ 0 0 1 ] |
| 4928 | * @endcode |
| 4929 | * moves all coordinates by 1 device-width to the right and 1 device-height |
| 4930 | * up. |
| 4931 | * |
| 4932 | * The rotation matrix for rotation around the origin is defined as |
| 4933 | * @code |
| 4934 | * [ cos(a) -sin(a) 0 ] |
| 4935 | * [ sin(a) cos(a) 0 ] |
| 4936 | * [ 0 0 1 ] |
| 4937 | * @endcode |
| 4938 | * Note that any rotation requires an additional translation component to |
| 4939 | * translate the rotated coordinates back into the original device space. |
| 4940 | * The rotation matrixes for 90, 180 and 270 degrees clockwise are: |
| 4941 | * @code |
| 4942 | * 90 deg cw: 180 deg cw: 270 deg cw: |
| 4943 | * [ 0 -1 1] [ -1 0 1] [ 0 1 0 ] |
| 4944 | * [ 1 0 0] [ 0 -1 1] [ -1 0 1 ] |
| 4945 | * [ 0 0 1] [ 0 0 1] [ 0 0 1 ] |
| 4946 | * @endcode |
| 4947 | * |
| 4948 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 4949 | * @param matrix An array representing the first two rows of a 3x3 matrix as |
| 4950 | * described above. |
| 4951 | * |
| 4952 | * @return A config status code. |
| 4953 | * |
| 4954 | * @see libinput_device_config_calibration_has_matrix |
| 4955 | * @see libinput_device_config_calibration_get_matrix |
| 4956 | * @see libinput_device_config_calibration_get_default_matrix |
| 4957 | */ |
| 4958 | enum libinput_config_status |
| 4959 | libinput_device_config_calibration_set_matrix(struct libinput_device *device, |
| 4960 | const float matrix[6]); |
| 4961 | |
| 4962 | /** |
| 4963 | * @ingroup config |
| 4964 | * |
| 4965 | * Return the current calibration matrix for this device. |
| 4966 | * |
| 4967 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 4968 | * @param matrix Set to the array representing the first two rows of a 3x3 matrix as |
| 4969 | * described in libinput_device_config_calibration_set_matrix(). |
| 4970 | * |
| 4971 | * @return 0 if no calibration is set and the returned matrix is the |
| 4972 | * identity matrix, 1 otherwise |
| 4973 | * |
| 4974 | * @see libinput_device_config_calibration_has_matrix |
| 4975 | * @see libinput_device_config_calibration_set_matrix |
| 4976 | * @see libinput_device_config_calibration_get_default_matrix |
| 4977 | */ |
| 4978 | int |
| 4979 | libinput_device_config_calibration_get_matrix(struct libinput_device *device, |
| 4980 | float matrix[6]); |
| 4981 | |
| 4982 | /** |
| 4983 | * @ingroup config |
| 4984 | * |
| 4985 | * Return the default calibration matrix for this device. On most devices, |
| 4986 | * this is the identity matrix. If the udev property |
| 4987 | * <b>LIBINPUT_CALIBRATION_MATRIX</b> is set on the respective udev device, |
| 4988 | * that property's value becomes the default matrix, see the libinput |
| 4989 | * documentation for more details. |
| 4990 | * |
| 4991 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 4992 | * @param matrix Set to the array representing the first two rows of a 3x3 matrix as |
| 4993 | * described in libinput_device_config_calibration_set_matrix(). |
| 4994 | * |
| 4995 | * @return 0 if no calibration is set and the returned matrix is the |
| 4996 | * identity matrix, 1 otherwise |
| 4997 | * |
| 4998 | * @see libinput_device_config_calibration_has_matrix |
| 4999 | * @see libinput_device_config_calibration_set_matrix |
| 5000 | * @see libinput_device_config_calibration_get_matrix |
| 5001 | */ |
| 5002 | int |
| 5003 | libinput_device_config_calibration_get_default_matrix(struct libinput_device *device, |
| 5004 | float matrix[6]); |
| 5005 | |
| 5006 | /** |
| 5007 | * @ingroup config |
| 5008 | * |
| 5009 | * The send-event mode of a device defines when a device may generate events |
| 5010 | * and pass those events to the caller. |
| 5011 | */ |
| 5012 | enum libinput_config_send_events_mode { |
| 5013 | /** |
| 5014 | * Send events from this device normally. This is a placeholder |
| 5015 | * mode only, any device detected by libinput can be enabled. Do not |
| 5016 | * test for this value as bitmask. |
| 5017 | */ |
| 5018 | LIBINPUT_CONFIG_SEND_EVENTS_ENABLED = 0, |
| 5019 | /** |
| 5020 | * Do not send events through this device. Depending on the device, |
| 5021 | * this may close all file descriptors on the device or it may leave |
| 5022 | * the file descriptors open and route events through a different |
| 5023 | * device. |
| 5024 | * |
| 5025 | * If this bit field is set, other disable modes may be |
| 5026 | * ignored. For example, if both @ref |
| 5027 | * LIBINPUT_CONFIG_SEND_EVENTS_DISABLED and @ref |
| 5028 | * LIBINPUT_CONFIG_SEND_EVENTS_DISABLED_ON_EXTERNAL_MOUSE are set, |
| 5029 | * the device remains disabled when all external pointer devices are |
| 5030 | * unplugged. |
| 5031 | */ |
| 5032 | LIBINPUT_CONFIG_SEND_EVENTS_DISABLED = (1 << 0), |
| 5033 | /** |
| 5034 | * If an external pointer device is plugged in, do not send events |
| 5035 | * from this device. This option may be available on built-in |
| 5036 | * touchpads. |
| 5037 | */ |
| 5038 | LIBINPUT_CONFIG_SEND_EVENTS_DISABLED_ON_EXTERNAL_MOUSE = (1 << 1), |
| 5039 | }; |
| 5040 | |
| 5041 | /** |
| 5042 | * @ingroup config |
| 5043 | * |
| 5044 | * Return the possible send-event modes for this device. These modes define |
| 5045 | * when a device may process and send events. |
| 5046 | * |
| 5047 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5048 | * |
| 5049 | * @return A bitmask of possible modes. |
| 5050 | * |
| 5051 | * @see libinput_device_config_send_events_set_mode |
| 5052 | * @see libinput_device_config_send_events_get_mode |
| 5053 | * @see libinput_device_config_send_events_get_default_mode |
| 5054 | */ |
| 5055 | uint32_t |
| 5056 | libinput_device_config_send_events_get_modes(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 5057 | |
| 5058 | /** |
| 5059 | * @ingroup config |
| 5060 | * |
| 5061 | * Set the send-event mode for this device. The mode defines when the device |
| 5062 | * processes and sends events to the caller. |
| 5063 | * |
| 5064 | * The selected mode may not take effect immediately. Events already |
| 5065 | * received and processed from this device are unaffected and will be passed |
| 5066 | * to the caller on the next call to libinput_get_event(). |
| 5067 | * |
| 5068 | * If the mode is a bitmask of @ref libinput_config_send_events_mode, |
| 5069 | * the device may wait for or generate events until it is in a neutral |
| 5070 | * state. For example, this may include waiting for or generating button |
| 5071 | * release events. |
| 5072 | * |
| 5073 | * If the device is already suspended, this function does nothing and |
| 5074 | * returns success. Changing the send-event mode on a device that has been |
| 5075 | * removed is permitted. |
| 5076 | * |
| 5077 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5078 | * @param mode A bitmask of send-events modes |
| 5079 | * |
| 5080 | * @return A config status code. |
| 5081 | * |
| 5082 | * @see libinput_device_config_send_events_get_modes |
| 5083 | * @see libinput_device_config_send_events_get_mode |
| 5084 | * @see libinput_device_config_send_events_get_default_mode |
| 5085 | */ |
| 5086 | enum libinput_config_status |
| 5087 | libinput_device_config_send_events_set_mode(struct libinput_device *device, |
| 5088 | uint32_t mode); |
| 5089 | |
| 5090 | /** |
| 5091 | * @ingroup config |
| 5092 | * |
| 5093 | * Get the send-event mode for this device. The mode defines when the device |
| 5094 | * processes and sends events to the caller. |
| 5095 | * |
| 5096 | * If a caller enables the bits for multiple modes, some of which are |
| 5097 | * subsets of another mode libinput may drop the bits that are subsets. In |
| 5098 | * other words, don't expect libinput_device_config_send_events_get_mode() |
| 5099 | * to always return exactly the same bitmask as passed into |
| 5100 | * libinput_device_config_send_events_set_mode(). |
| 5101 | * |
| 5102 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5103 | * @return The current bitmask of the send-event mode for this device. |
| 5104 | * |
| 5105 | * @see libinput_device_config_send_events_get_modes |
| 5106 | * @see libinput_device_config_send_events_set_mode |
| 5107 | * @see libinput_device_config_send_events_get_default_mode |
| 5108 | */ |
| 5109 | uint32_t |
| 5110 | libinput_device_config_send_events_get_mode(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 5111 | |
| 5112 | /** |
| 5113 | * @ingroup config |
| 5114 | * |
| 5115 | * Get the default send-event mode for this device. The mode defines when |
| 5116 | * the device processes and sends events to the caller. |
| 5117 | * |
| 5118 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5119 | * @return The bitmask of the send-event mode for this device. |
| 5120 | * |
| 5121 | * @see libinput_device_config_send_events_get_modes |
| 5122 | * @see libinput_device_config_send_events_set_mode |
| 5123 | * @see libinput_device_config_send_events_get_mode |
| 5124 | */ |
| 5125 | uint32_t |
| 5126 | libinput_device_config_send_events_get_default_mode(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 5127 | |
| 5128 | /** |
| 5129 | * @ingroup config |
| 5130 | * |
| 5131 | * Check if a device uses libinput-internal pointer-acceleration. |
| 5132 | * |
| 5133 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5134 | * |
| 5135 | * @return 0 if the device is not accelerated, nonzero if it is accelerated |
| 5136 | * |
| 5137 | * @see libinput_device_config_accel_set_speed |
| 5138 | * @see libinput_device_config_accel_get_speed |
| 5139 | * @see libinput_device_config_accel_get_default_speed |
| 5140 | */ |
| 5141 | int |
| 5142 | libinput_device_config_accel_is_available(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 5143 | |
| 5144 | /** |
| 5145 | * @ingroup config |
| 5146 | * |
| 5147 | * Set the pointer acceleration speed of this pointer device within a range |
| 5148 | * of [-1, 1], where 0 is the default acceleration for this device, -1 is |
| 5149 | * the slowest acceleration and 1 is the maximum acceleration available on |
| 5150 | * this device. The actual pointer acceleration mechanism is |
| 5151 | * implementation-dependent, as is the number of steps available within the |
| 5152 | * range. libinput picks the semantically closest acceleration step if the |
| 5153 | * requested value does not match a discrete setting. |
| 5154 | * |
| 5155 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5156 | * @param speed The normalized speed, in a range of [-1, 1] |
| 5157 | * |
| 5158 | * @return A config status code |
| 5159 | * |
| 5160 | * @see libinput_device_config_accel_is_available |
| 5161 | * @see libinput_device_config_accel_get_speed |
| 5162 | * @see libinput_device_config_accel_get_default_speed |
| 5163 | */ |
| 5164 | enum libinput_config_status |
| 5165 | libinput_device_config_accel_set_speed(struct libinput_device *device, |
| 5166 | double speed); |
| 5167 | |
| 5168 | /** |
| 5169 | * @ingroup config |
| 5170 | * |
| 5171 | * Get the current pointer acceleration setting for this pointer device. The |
| 5172 | * returned value is normalized to a range of [-1, 1]. |
| 5173 | * See libinput_device_config_accel_set_speed() for details. |
| 5174 | * |
| 5175 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5176 | * |
| 5177 | * @return The current speed, range -1 to 1 |
| 5178 | * |
| 5179 | * @see libinput_device_config_accel_is_available |
| 5180 | * @see libinput_device_config_accel_set_speed |
| 5181 | * @see libinput_device_config_accel_get_default_speed |
| 5182 | */ |
| 5183 | double |
| 5184 | libinput_device_config_accel_get_speed(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 5185 | |
| 5186 | /** |
| 5187 | * @ingroup config |
| 5188 | * |
| 5189 | * Return the default speed setting for this device, normalized to a range |
| 5190 | * of [-1, 1]. |
| 5191 | * See libinput_device_config_accel_set_speed() for details. |
| 5192 | * |
| 5193 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5194 | * @return The default speed setting for this device. |
| 5195 | * |
| 5196 | * @see libinput_device_config_accel_is_available |
| 5197 | * @see libinput_device_config_accel_set_speed |
| 5198 | * @see libinput_device_config_accel_get_speed |
| 5199 | */ |
| 5200 | double |
| 5201 | libinput_device_config_accel_get_default_speed(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 5202 | |
| 5203 | /** |
| 5204 | * @ingroup config |
| 5205 | * |
| 5206 | * @since 1.1 |
| 5207 | */ |
| 5208 | enum libinput_config_accel_profile { |
| 5209 | /** |
| 5210 | * Placeholder for devices that don't have a configurable pointer |
| 5211 | * acceleration profile. |
| 5212 | */ |
| 5213 | LIBINPUT_CONFIG_ACCEL_PROFILE_NONE = 0, |
| 5214 | /** |
| 5215 | * A flat acceleration profile. Pointer motion is accelerated by a |
| 5216 | * constant (device-specific) factor, depending on the current |
| 5217 | * speed. |
| 5218 | * |
| 5219 | * @see libinput_device_config_accel_set_speed |
| 5220 | */ |
| 5221 | LIBINPUT_CONFIG_ACCEL_PROFILE_FLAT = (1 << 0), |
| 5222 | |
| 5223 | /** |
| 5224 | * An adaptive acceleration profile. Pointer acceleration depends |
| 5225 | * on the input speed. This is the default profile for most devices. |
| 5226 | */ |
| 5227 | LIBINPUT_CONFIG_ACCEL_PROFILE_ADAPTIVE = (1 << 1), |
| 5228 | }; |
| 5229 | |
| 5230 | /** |
| 5231 | * @ingroup config |
| 5232 | * |
| 5233 | * Returns a bitmask of the configurable acceleration modes available on |
| 5234 | * this device. |
| 5235 | * |
| 5236 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5237 | * |
| 5238 | * @return A bitmask of all configurable modes available on this device. |
| 5239 | * |
| 5240 | * @since 1.1 |
| 5241 | */ |
| 5242 | uint32_t |
| 5243 | libinput_device_config_accel_get_profiles(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 5244 | |
| 5245 | /** |
| 5246 | * @ingroup config |
| 5247 | * |
| 5248 | * Set the pointer acceleration profile of this pointer device to the given |
| 5249 | * mode. |
| 5250 | * |
| 5251 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5252 | * @param profile The profile to set the device to. |
| 5253 | * |
| 5254 | * @return A config status code |
| 5255 | * |
| 5256 | * @since 1.1 |
| 5257 | */ |
| 5258 | enum libinput_config_status |
| 5259 | libinput_device_config_accel_set_profile(struct libinput_device *device, |
| 5260 | enum libinput_config_accel_profile profile); |
| 5261 | |
| 5262 | /** |
| 5263 | * @ingroup config |
| 5264 | * |
| 5265 | * Get the current pointer acceleration profile for this pointer device. |
| 5266 | * |
| 5267 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5268 | * |
| 5269 | * @return The currently configured pointer acceleration profile. |
| 5270 | * |
| 5271 | * @since 1.1 |
| 5272 | */ |
| 5273 | enum libinput_config_accel_profile |
| 5274 | libinput_device_config_accel_get_profile(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 5275 | |
| 5276 | /** |
| 5277 | * @ingroup config |
| 5278 | * |
| 5279 | * Return the default pointer acceleration profile for this pointer device. |
| 5280 | * |
| 5281 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5282 | * |
| 5283 | * @return The default acceleration profile for this device. |
| 5284 | * |
| 5285 | * @since 1.1 |
| 5286 | */ |
| 5287 | enum libinput_config_accel_profile |
| 5288 | libinput_device_config_accel_get_default_profile(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 5289 | |
| 5290 | /** |
| 5291 | * @ingroup config |
| 5292 | * |
| 5293 | * Return non-zero if the device supports "natural scrolling". |
| 5294 | * |
| 5295 | * In traditional scroll mode, the movement of fingers on a touchpad when |
| 5296 | * scrolling matches the movement of the scroll bars. When the fingers move |
| 5297 | * down, the scroll bar moves down, a line of text on the screen moves |
| 5298 | * towards the upper end of the screen. This also matches scroll wheels on |
| 5299 | * mice (wheel down, content moves up). |
| 5300 | * |
| 5301 | * Natural scrolling is the term coined by Apple for inverted scrolling. |
| 5302 | * In this mode, the effect of scrolling movement of fingers on a touchpad |
| 5303 | * resemble physical manipulation of paper. When the fingers move down, a |
| 5304 | * line of text on the screen moves down (scrollbars move up). This is the |
| 5305 | * opposite of scroll wheels on mice. |
| 5306 | * |
| 5307 | * A device supporting natural scrolling can be switched between traditional |
| 5308 | * scroll mode and natural scroll mode. |
| 5309 | * |
| 5310 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5311 | * |
| 5312 | * @return Zero if natural scrolling is not supported, non-zero if natural |
| 5313 | * scrolling is supported by this device |
| 5314 | * |
| 5315 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_set_natural_scroll_enabled |
| 5316 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_natural_scroll_enabled |
| 5317 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_default_natural_scroll_enabled |
| 5318 | */ |
| 5319 | int |
| 5320 | libinput_device_config_scroll_has_natural_scroll(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 5321 | |
| 5322 | /** |
| 5323 | * @ingroup config |
| 5324 | * |
| 5325 | * Enable or disable natural scrolling on the device. |
| 5326 | * |
| 5327 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5328 | * @param enable non-zero to enable, zero to disable natural scrolling |
| 5329 | * |
| 5330 | * @return A config status code |
| 5331 | * |
| 5332 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_has_natural_scroll |
| 5333 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_natural_scroll_enabled |
| 5334 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_default_natural_scroll_enabled |
| 5335 | */ |
| 5336 | enum libinput_config_status |
| 5337 | libinput_device_config_scroll_set_natural_scroll_enabled(struct libinput_device *device, |
| 5338 | int enable); |
| 5339 | /** |
| 5340 | * @ingroup config |
| 5341 | * |
| 5342 | * Get the current mode for scrolling on this device |
| 5343 | * |
| 5344 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5345 | * |
| 5346 | * @return Zero if natural scrolling is disabled, non-zero if enabled |
| 5347 | * |
| 5348 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_has_natural_scroll |
| 5349 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_set_natural_scroll_enabled |
| 5350 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_default_natural_scroll_enabled |
| 5351 | */ |
| 5352 | int |
| 5353 | libinput_device_config_scroll_get_natural_scroll_enabled(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 5354 | |
| 5355 | /** |
| 5356 | * @ingroup config |
| 5357 | * |
| 5358 | * Get the default mode for scrolling on this device |
| 5359 | * |
| 5360 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5361 | * |
| 5362 | * @return Zero if natural scrolling is disabled by default, non-zero if enabled |
| 5363 | * |
| 5364 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_has_natural_scroll |
| 5365 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_set_natural_scroll_enabled |
| 5366 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_natural_scroll_enabled |
| 5367 | */ |
| 5368 | int |
| 5369 | libinput_device_config_scroll_get_default_natural_scroll_enabled(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 5370 | |
| 5371 | /** |
| 5372 | * @ingroup config |
| 5373 | * |
| 5374 | * Check if a device has a configuration that supports left-handed usage. |
| 5375 | * |
| 5376 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5377 | * @return Non-zero if the device can be set to left-handed, or zero |
| 5378 | * otherwise |
| 5379 | * |
| 5380 | * @see libinput_device_config_left_handed_set |
| 5381 | * @see libinput_device_config_left_handed_get |
| 5382 | * @see libinput_device_config_left_handed_get_default |
| 5383 | */ |
| 5384 | int |
| 5385 | libinput_device_config_left_handed_is_available(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 5386 | |
| 5387 | /** |
| 5388 | * @ingroup config |
| 5389 | * |
| 5390 | * Set the left-handed configuration of the device. |
| 5391 | * |
| 5392 | * The exact behavior is device-dependent. On a mouse and most pointing |
| 5393 | * devices, left and right buttons are swapped but the middle button is |
| 5394 | * unmodified. On a touchpad, physical buttons (if present) are swapped. On a |
| 5395 | * clickpad, the top and bottom software-emulated buttons are swapped where |
| 5396 | * present, the main area of the touchpad remains a left button. Tapping and |
| 5397 | * clickfinger behavior is not affected by this setting. |
| 5398 | * |
| 5399 | * Changing the left-handed configuration of a device may not take effect |
| 5400 | * until all buttons have been logically released. |
| 5401 | * |
| 5402 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5403 | * @param left_handed Zero to disable, non-zero to enable left-handed mode |
| 5404 | * @return A configuration status code |
| 5405 | * |
| 5406 | * @see libinput_device_config_left_handed_is_available |
| 5407 | * @see libinput_device_config_left_handed_get |
| 5408 | * @see libinput_device_config_left_handed_get_default |
| 5409 | */ |
| 5410 | enum libinput_config_status |
| 5411 | libinput_device_config_left_handed_set(struct libinput_device *device, |
| 5412 | int left_handed); |
| 5413 | |
| 5414 | /** |
| 5415 | * @ingroup config |
| 5416 | * |
| 5417 | * Get the current left-handed configuration of the device. |
| 5418 | * |
| 5419 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5420 | * @return Zero if the device is in right-handed mode, non-zero if the |
| 5421 | * device is in left-handed mode |
| 5422 | * |
| 5423 | * @see libinput_device_config_left_handed_is_available |
| 5424 | * @see libinput_device_config_left_handed_set |
| 5425 | * @see libinput_device_config_left_handed_get_default |
| 5426 | */ |
| 5427 | int |
| 5428 | libinput_device_config_left_handed_get(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 5429 | |
| 5430 | /** |
| 5431 | * @ingroup config |
| 5432 | * |
| 5433 | * Get the default left-handed configuration of the device. |
| 5434 | * |
| 5435 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5436 | * @return Zero if the device is in right-handed mode by default, or non-zero |
| 5437 | * if the device is in left-handed mode by default |
| 5438 | * |
| 5439 | * @see libinput_device_config_left_handed_is_available |
| 5440 | * @see libinput_device_config_left_handed_set |
| 5441 | * @see libinput_device_config_left_handed_get |
| 5442 | */ |
| 5443 | int |
| 5444 | libinput_device_config_left_handed_get_default(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 5445 | |
| 5446 | /** |
| 5447 | * @ingroup config |
| 5448 | * |
| 5449 | * The click method defines when to generate software-emulated |
| 5450 | * buttons, usually on a device that does not have a specific physical |
| 5451 | * button available. |
| 5452 | */ |
| 5453 | enum libinput_config_click_method { |
| 5454 | /** |
| 5455 | * Do not send software-emulated button events. This has no effect |
| 5456 | * on events generated by physical buttons. |
| 5457 | */ |
| 5458 | LIBINPUT_CONFIG_CLICK_METHOD_NONE = 0, |
| 5459 | /** |
| 5460 | * Use software-button areas to generate button events. |
| 5461 | */ |
| 5462 | LIBINPUT_CONFIG_CLICK_METHOD_BUTTON_AREAS = (1 << 0), |
| 5463 | /** |
| 5464 | * The number of fingers decides which button press to generate. |
| 5465 | */ |
| 5466 | LIBINPUT_CONFIG_CLICK_METHOD_CLICKFINGER = (1 << 1), |
| 5467 | }; |
| 5468 | |
| 5469 | /** |
| 5470 | * @ingroup config |
| 5471 | * |
| 5472 | * Check which button click methods a device supports. The button click |
| 5473 | * method defines when to generate software-emulated buttons, usually on a |
| 5474 | * device that does not have a specific physical button available. |
| 5475 | * |
| 5476 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5477 | * |
| 5478 | * @return A bitmask of possible methods. |
| 5479 | * |
| 5480 | * @see libinput_device_config_click_get_methods |
| 5481 | * @see libinput_device_config_click_set_method |
| 5482 | * @see libinput_device_config_click_get_method |
| 5483 | */ |
| 5484 | uint32_t |
| 5485 | libinput_device_config_click_get_methods(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 5486 | |
| 5487 | /** |
| 5488 | * @ingroup config |
| 5489 | * |
| 5490 | * Set the button click method for this device. The button click |
| 5491 | * method defines when to generate software-emulated buttons, usually on a |
| 5492 | * device that does not have a specific physical button available. |
| 5493 | * |
| 5494 | * @note The selected click method may not take effect immediately. The |
| 5495 | * device may require changing to a neutral state first before activating |
| 5496 | * the new method. |
| 5497 | * |
| 5498 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5499 | * @param method The button click method |
| 5500 | * |
| 5501 | * @return A config status code |
| 5502 | * |
| 5503 | * @see libinput_device_config_click_get_methods |
| 5504 | * @see libinput_device_config_click_get_method |
| 5505 | * @see libinput_device_config_click_get_default_method |
| 5506 | */ |
| 5507 | enum libinput_config_status |
| 5508 | libinput_device_config_click_set_method(struct libinput_device *device, |
| 5509 | enum libinput_config_click_method method); |
| 5510 | /** |
| 5511 | * @ingroup config |
| 5512 | * |
| 5513 | * Get the button click method for this device. The button click |
| 5514 | * method defines when to generate software-emulated buttons, usually on a |
| 5515 | * device that does not have a specific physical button available. |
| 5516 | * |
| 5517 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5518 | * |
| 5519 | * @return The current button click method for this device |
| 5520 | * |
| 5521 | * @see libinput_device_config_click_get_methods |
| 5522 | * @see libinput_device_config_click_set_method |
| 5523 | * @see libinput_device_config_click_get_default_method |
| 5524 | */ |
| 5525 | enum libinput_config_click_method |
| 5526 | libinput_device_config_click_get_method(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 5527 | |
| 5528 | /** |
| 5529 | * @ingroup config |
| 5530 | * |
| 5531 | * Get the default button click method for this device. The button click |
| 5532 | * method defines when to generate software-emulated buttons, usually on a |
| 5533 | * device that does not have a specific physical button available. |
| 5534 | * |
| 5535 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5536 | * |
| 5537 | * @return The default button click method for this device |
| 5538 | * |
| 5539 | * @see libinput_device_config_click_get_methods |
| 5540 | * @see libinput_device_config_click_set_method |
| 5541 | * @see libinput_device_config_click_get_method |
| 5542 | */ |
| 5543 | enum libinput_config_click_method |
| 5544 | libinput_device_config_click_get_default_method(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 5545 | |
| 5546 | /** |
| 5547 | * @ingroup config |
| 5548 | */ |
| 5549 | enum libinput_config_middle_emulation_state { |
| 5550 | /** |
| 5551 | * Middle mouse button emulation is to be disabled, or |
| 5552 | * is currently disabled. |
| 5553 | */ |
| 5554 | LIBINPUT_CONFIG_MIDDLE_EMULATION_DISABLED, |
| 5555 | /** |
| 5556 | * Middle mouse button emulation is to be enabled, or |
| 5557 | * is currently enabled. |
| 5558 | */ |
| 5559 | LIBINPUT_CONFIG_MIDDLE_EMULATION_ENABLED, |
| 5560 | }; |
| 5561 | |
| 5562 | /** |
| 5563 | * @ingroup config |
| 5564 | * |
| 5565 | * Check if middle mouse button emulation configuration is available on this |
| 5566 | * device. See libinput_device_config_middle_emulation_set_enabled() for |
| 5567 | * more details. |
| 5568 | * |
| 5569 | * @note Some devices provide middle mouse button emulation but do not allow |
| 5570 | * enabling/disabling that emulation. These devices return zero in |
| 5571 | * libinput_device_config_middle_emulation_is_available(). |
| 5572 | * |
| 5573 | * @param device The device to query |
| 5574 | * |
| 5575 | * @return Non-zero if middle mouse button emulation is available and can be |
| 5576 | * configured, zero otherwise. |
| 5577 | * |
| 5578 | * @see libinput_device_config_middle_emulation_set_enabled |
| 5579 | * @see libinput_device_config_middle_emulation_get_enabled |
| 5580 | * @see libinput_device_config_middle_emulation_get_default_enabled |
| 5581 | */ |
| 5582 | int |
| 5583 | libinput_device_config_middle_emulation_is_available( |
| 5584 | struct libinput_device *device); |
| 5585 | |
| 5586 | /** |
| 5587 | * @ingroup config |
| 5588 | * |
| 5589 | * Enable or disable middle button emulation on this device. When enabled, a |
| 5590 | * simultaneous press of the left and right button generates a middle mouse |
| 5591 | * button event. Releasing the buttons generates a middle mouse button |
| 5592 | * release, the left and right button events are discarded otherwise. |
| 5593 | * |
| 5594 | * See the libinput documentation for more details. |
| 5595 | * |
| 5596 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5597 | * @param enable @ref LIBINPUT_CONFIG_MIDDLE_EMULATION_DISABLED to |
| 5598 | * disable, @ref LIBINPUT_CONFIG_MIDDLE_EMULATION_ENABLED To enable |
| 5599 | * middle button emulation. |
| 5600 | * |
| 5601 | * @return A config status code. Disabling middle button emulation on a |
| 5602 | * device that does not support middle button emulation always succeeds. |
| 5603 | * |
| 5604 | * @see libinput_device_config_middle_emulation_is_available |
| 5605 | * @see libinput_device_config_middle_emulation_get_enabled |
| 5606 | * @see libinput_device_config_middle_emulation_get_default_enabled |
| 5607 | */ |
| 5608 | enum libinput_config_status |
| 5609 | libinput_device_config_middle_emulation_set_enabled( |
| 5610 | struct libinput_device *device, |
| 5611 | enum libinput_config_middle_emulation_state enable); |
| 5612 | |
| 5613 | /** |
| 5614 | * @ingroup config |
| 5615 | * |
| 5616 | * Check if configurable middle button emulation is enabled on this device. |
| 5617 | * See libinput_device_config_middle_emulation_set_enabled() for more |
| 5618 | * details. |
| 5619 | * |
| 5620 | * If the device does not have configurable middle button emulation, this |
| 5621 | * function returns @ref LIBINPUT_CONFIG_MIDDLE_EMULATION_DISABLED. |
| 5622 | * |
| 5623 | * @note Some devices provide middle mouse button emulation but do not allow |
| 5624 | * enabling/disabling that emulation. These devices always return @ref |
| 5625 | * LIBINPUT_CONFIG_MIDDLE_EMULATION_DISABLED. |
| 5626 | * |
| 5627 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5628 | * @return @ref LIBINPUT_CONFIG_MIDDLE_EMULATION_DISABLED if disabled |
| 5629 | * or not available/configurable, @ref |
| 5630 | * LIBINPUT_CONFIG_MIDDLE_EMULATION_ENABLED If enabled. |
| 5631 | * |
| 5632 | * @see libinput_device_config_middle_emulation_is_available |
| 5633 | * @see libinput_device_config_middle_emulation_set_enabled |
| 5634 | * @see libinput_device_config_middle_emulation_get_default_enabled |
| 5635 | */ |
| 5636 | enum libinput_config_middle_emulation_state |
| 5637 | libinput_device_config_middle_emulation_get_enabled( |
| 5638 | struct libinput_device *device); |
| 5639 | |
| 5640 | /** |
| 5641 | * @ingroup config |
| 5642 | * |
| 5643 | * Check if configurable middle button emulation is enabled by default on |
| 5644 | * this device. See libinput_device_config_middle_emulation_set_enabled() |
| 5645 | * for more details. |
| 5646 | * |
| 5647 | * If the device does not have configurable middle button |
| 5648 | * emulation, this function returns @ref |
| 5649 | * LIBINPUT_CONFIG_MIDDLE_EMULATION_DISABLED. |
| 5650 | * |
| 5651 | * @note Some devices provide middle mouse button emulation but do not allow |
| 5652 | * enabling/disabling that emulation. These devices always return @ref |
| 5653 | * LIBINPUT_CONFIG_MIDDLE_EMULATION_DISABLED. |
| 5654 | * |
| 5655 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5656 | * @return @ref LIBINPUT_CONFIG_MIDDLE_EMULATION_DISABLED If disabled |
| 5657 | * or not available, @ref LIBINPUT_CONFIG_MIDDLE_EMULATION_ENABLED if |
| 5658 | * enabled. |
| 5659 | * |
| 5660 | * @see libinput_device_config_middle_emulation_is_available |
| 5661 | * @see libinput_device_config_middle_emulation_set_enabled |
| 5662 | * @see libinput_device_config_middle_emulation_get_enabled |
| 5663 | */ |
| 5664 | enum libinput_config_middle_emulation_state |
| 5665 | libinput_device_config_middle_emulation_get_default_enabled( |
| 5666 | struct libinput_device *device); |
| 5667 | |
| 5668 | /** |
| 5669 | * @ingroup config |
| 5670 | * |
| 5671 | * The scroll method of a device selects when to generate scroll axis events |
| 5672 | * instead of pointer motion events. |
| 5673 | */ |
| 5674 | enum libinput_config_scroll_method { |
| 5675 | /** |
| 5676 | * Never send scroll events instead of pointer motion events. |
| 5677 | * This has no effect on events generated by scroll wheels. |
| 5678 | */ |
| 5679 | LIBINPUT_CONFIG_SCROLL_NO_SCROLL = 0, |
| 5680 | /** |
| 5681 | * Send scroll events when two fingers are logically down on the |
| 5682 | * device. |
| 5683 | */ |
| 5684 | LIBINPUT_CONFIG_SCROLL_2FG = (1 << 0), |
| 5685 | /** |
| 5686 | * Send scroll events when a finger moves along the bottom or |
| 5687 | * right edge of a device. |
| 5688 | */ |
| 5689 | LIBINPUT_CONFIG_SCROLL_EDGE = (1 << 1), |
| 5690 | /** |
| 5691 | * Send scroll events when a button is down and the device moves |
| 5692 | * along a scroll-capable axis. |
| 5693 | */ |
| 5694 | LIBINPUT_CONFIG_SCROLL_ON_BUTTON_DOWN = (1 << 2), |
| 5695 | }; |
| 5696 | |
| 5697 | /** |
| 5698 | * @ingroup config |
| 5699 | * |
| 5700 | * Check which scroll methods a device supports. The method defines when to |
| 5701 | * generate scroll axis events instead of pointer motion events. |
| 5702 | * |
| 5703 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5704 | * |
| 5705 | * @return A bitmask of possible methods. |
| 5706 | * |
| 5707 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_set_method |
| 5708 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_method |
| 5709 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_default_method |
| 5710 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_set_button |
| 5711 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_button |
| 5712 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_default_button |
| 5713 | */ |
| 5714 | uint32_t |
| 5715 | libinput_device_config_scroll_get_methods(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 5716 | |
| 5717 | /** |
| 5718 | * @ingroup config |
| 5719 | * |
| 5720 | * Set the scroll method for this device. The method defines when to |
| 5721 | * generate scroll axis events instead of pointer motion events. |
| 5722 | * |
| 5723 | * @note Setting @ref LIBINPUT_CONFIG_SCROLL_ON_BUTTON_DOWN enables |
| 5724 | * the scroll method, but scrolling is only activated when the configured |
| 5725 | * button is held down. If no button is set, i.e. |
| 5726 | * libinput_device_config_scroll_get_button() returns 0, scrolling |
| 5727 | * cannot activate. |
| 5728 | * |
| 5729 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5730 | * @param method The scroll method for this device. |
| 5731 | * |
| 5732 | * @return A config status code. |
| 5733 | * |
| 5734 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_methods |
| 5735 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_method |
| 5736 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_default_method |
| 5737 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_set_button |
| 5738 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_button |
| 5739 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_default_button |
| 5740 | */ |
| 5741 | enum libinput_config_status |
| 5742 | libinput_device_config_scroll_set_method(struct libinput_device *device, |
| 5743 | enum libinput_config_scroll_method method); |
| 5744 | |
| 5745 | /** |
| 5746 | * @ingroup config |
| 5747 | * |
| 5748 | * Get the scroll method for this device. The method defines when to |
| 5749 | * generate scroll axis events instead of pointer motion events. |
| 5750 | * |
| 5751 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5752 | * @return The current scroll method for this device. |
| 5753 | * |
| 5754 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_methods |
| 5755 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_set_method |
| 5756 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_default_method |
| 5757 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_set_button |
| 5758 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_button |
| 5759 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_default_button |
| 5760 | */ |
| 5761 | enum libinput_config_scroll_method |
| 5762 | libinput_device_config_scroll_get_method(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 5763 | |
| 5764 | /** |
| 5765 | * @ingroup config |
| 5766 | * |
| 5767 | * Get the default scroll method for this device. The method defines when to |
| 5768 | * generate scroll axis events instead of pointer motion events. |
| 5769 | * |
| 5770 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5771 | * @return The default scroll method for this device. |
| 5772 | * |
| 5773 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_methods |
| 5774 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_set_method |
| 5775 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_method |
| 5776 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_set_button |
| 5777 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_button |
| 5778 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_default_button |
| 5779 | */ |
| 5780 | enum libinput_config_scroll_method |
| 5781 | libinput_device_config_scroll_get_default_method(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 5782 | |
| 5783 | /** |
| 5784 | * @ingroup config |
| 5785 | * |
| 5786 | * Set the button for the @ref LIBINPUT_CONFIG_SCROLL_ON_BUTTON_DOWN method |
| 5787 | * for this device. |
| 5788 | * |
| 5789 | * When the current scroll method is set to @ref |
| 5790 | * LIBINPUT_CONFIG_SCROLL_ON_BUTTON_DOWN, no button press/release events |
| 5791 | * will be send for the configured button. |
| 5792 | * |
| 5793 | * When the configured button is pressed, any motion events along a |
| 5794 | * scroll-capable axis are turned into scroll axis events. |
| 5795 | * |
| 5796 | * @note Setting the button does not change the scroll method. To change the |
| 5797 | * scroll method call libinput_device_config_scroll_set_method(). |
| 5798 | * |
| 5799 | * If the button is 0, button scrolling is effectively disabled. |
| 5800 | * |
| 5801 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5802 | * @param button The button which when pressed switches to sending scroll events |
| 5803 | * |
| 5804 | * @return A config status code |
| 5805 | * @retval LIBINPUT_CONFIG_STATUS_SUCCESS On success |
| 5806 | * @retval LIBINPUT_CONFIG_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED If @ref |
| 5807 | * LIBINPUT_CONFIG_SCROLL_ON_BUTTON_DOWN is not supported |
| 5808 | * @retval LIBINPUT_CONFIG_STATUS_INVALID The given button does not |
| 5809 | * exist on this device |
| 5810 | * |
| 5811 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_methods |
| 5812 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_set_method |
| 5813 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_method |
| 5814 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_default_method |
| 5815 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_button |
| 5816 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_default_button |
| 5817 | */ |
| 5818 | enum libinput_config_status |
| 5819 | libinput_device_config_scroll_set_button(struct libinput_device *device, |
| 5820 | uint32_t button); |
| 5821 | |
| 5822 | /** |
| 5823 | * @ingroup config |
| 5824 | * |
| 5825 | * Get the button for the @ref LIBINPUT_CONFIG_SCROLL_ON_BUTTON_DOWN method |
| 5826 | * for this device. |
| 5827 | * |
| 5828 | * If @ref LIBINPUT_CONFIG_SCROLL_ON_BUTTON_DOWN scroll method is not |
| 5829 | * supported, or no button is set, this function returns 0. |
| 5830 | * |
| 5831 | * @note The return value is independent of the currently selected |
| 5832 | * scroll-method. For button scrolling to activate, a device must have the |
| 5833 | * @ref LIBINPUT_CONFIG_SCROLL_ON_BUTTON_DOWN method enabled, and a non-zero |
| 5834 | * button set as scroll button. |
| 5835 | * |
| 5836 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5837 | * @return The button which when pressed switches to sending scroll events |
| 5838 | * |
| 5839 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_methods |
| 5840 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_set_method |
| 5841 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_method |
| 5842 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_default_method |
| 5843 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_set_button |
| 5844 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_default_button |
| 5845 | */ |
| 5846 | uint32_t |
| 5847 | libinput_device_config_scroll_get_button(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 5848 | |
| 5849 | /** |
| 5850 | * @ingroup config |
| 5851 | * |
| 5852 | * Get the default button for the @ref LIBINPUT_CONFIG_SCROLL_ON_BUTTON_DOWN |
| 5853 | * method for this device. |
| 5854 | * |
| 5855 | * If @ref LIBINPUT_CONFIG_SCROLL_ON_BUTTON_DOWN scroll method is not supported, |
| 5856 | * or no default button is set, this function returns 0. |
| 5857 | * |
| 5858 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5859 | * @return The default button for the @ref |
| 5860 | * LIBINPUT_CONFIG_SCROLL_ON_BUTTON_DOWN method |
| 5861 | * |
| 5862 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_methods |
| 5863 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_set_method |
| 5864 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_method |
| 5865 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_default_method |
| 5866 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_set_button |
| 5867 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_button |
| 5868 | */ |
| 5869 | uint32_t |
| 5870 | libinput_device_config_scroll_get_default_button(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 5871 | |
| 5872 | enum libinput_config_scroll_button_lock_state { |
| 5873 | LIBINPUT_CONFIG_SCROLL_BUTTON_LOCK_DISABLED, |
| 5874 | LIBINPUT_CONFIG_SCROLL_BUTTON_LOCK_ENABLED, |
| 5875 | }; |
| 5876 | |
| 5877 | /** |
| 5878 | * @ingroup config |
| 5879 | * |
| 5880 | * Set the scroll button lock. If the state is |
| 5881 | * @ref LIBINPUT_CONFIG_SCROLL_BUTTON_LOCK_DISABLED, the button must |
| 5882 | * physically be held down for button scrolling to work. |
| 5883 | * If the state is |
| 5884 | * @ref LIBINPUT_CONFIG_SCROLL_BUTTON_LOCK_ENABLED, the button is considered |
| 5885 | * logically down after the first press and release sequence, and logically |
| 5886 | * up after the second press and release sequence. |
| 5887 | * |
| 5888 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5889 | * @param state The state to set the scroll button lock to |
| 5890 | * |
| 5891 | * @return A config status code. Disabling the scroll button lock on |
| 5892 | * device that does not support button scrolling always succeeds. |
| 5893 | * |
| 5894 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_set_button |
| 5895 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_button |
| 5896 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_default_button |
| 5897 | */ |
| 5898 | enum libinput_config_status |
| 5899 | libinput_device_config_scroll_set_button_lock(struct libinput_device *device, |
| 5900 | enum libinput_config_scroll_button_lock_state state); |
| 5901 | |
| 5902 | /** |
| 5903 | * @ingroup config |
| 5904 | * |
| 5905 | * Get the current scroll button lock state. |
| 5906 | * |
| 5907 | * If @ref LIBINPUT_CONFIG_SCROLL_ON_BUTTON_DOWN scroll method is not |
| 5908 | * supported, or no button is set, this function returns @ref |
| 5909 | * LIBINPUT_CONFIG_SCROLL_BUTTON_LOCK_DISABLED. |
| 5910 | * |
| 5911 | * @note The return value is independent of the currently selected |
| 5912 | * scroll-method. For the scroll button lock to activate, a device must have |
| 5913 | * the @ref LIBINPUT_CONFIG_SCROLL_ON_BUTTON_DOWN method enabled, and a |
| 5914 | * non-zero button set as scroll button. |
| 5915 | * |
| 5916 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5917 | * @return The scroll button lock state |
| 5918 | * |
| 5919 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_set_button |
| 5920 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_set_button_lock |
| 5921 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_button_lock |
| 5922 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_default_button_lock |
| 5923 | */ |
| 5924 | enum libinput_config_scroll_button_lock_state |
| 5925 | libinput_device_config_scroll_get_button_lock(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 5926 | |
| 5927 | /** |
| 5928 | * @ingroup config |
| 5929 | * |
| 5930 | * Get the default scroll button lock state. |
| 5931 | * |
| 5932 | * If @ref LIBINPUT_CONFIG_SCROLL_ON_BUTTON_DOWN scroll method is not |
| 5933 | * supported, or no button is set, this function returns @ref |
| 5934 | * LIBINPUT_CONFIG_SCROLL_BUTTON_LOCK_DISABLED. |
| 5935 | * |
| 5936 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5937 | * @return The default scroll button lock state |
| 5938 | * |
| 5939 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_set_button |
| 5940 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_set_button_lock |
| 5941 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_button_lock |
| 5942 | * @see libinput_device_config_scroll_get_default_button_lock |
| 5943 | */ |
| 5944 | enum libinput_config_scroll_button_lock_state |
| 5945 | libinput_device_config_scroll_get_default_button_lock(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 5946 | |
| 5947 | /** |
| 5948 | * @ingroup config |
| 5949 | * |
| 5950 | * Possible states for the disable-while-typing feature. |
| 5951 | */ |
| 5952 | enum libinput_config_dwt_state { |
| 5953 | LIBINPUT_CONFIG_DWT_DISABLED, |
| 5954 | LIBINPUT_CONFIG_DWT_ENABLED, |
| 5955 | }; |
| 5956 | |
| 5957 | /** |
| 5958 | * @ingroup config |
| 5959 | * |
| 5960 | * Check if this device supports configurable disable-while-typing feature. |
| 5961 | * This feature is usually available on built-in touchpads and disables the |
| 5962 | * touchpad while typing. See the libinput documentation for details. |
| 5963 | * |
| 5964 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5965 | * @return 0 if this device does not support disable-while-typing, or 1 |
| 5966 | * otherwise. |
| 5967 | * |
| 5968 | * @see libinput_device_config_dwt_set_enabled |
| 5969 | * @see libinput_device_config_dwt_get_enabled |
| 5970 | * @see libinput_device_config_dwt_get_default_enabled |
| 5971 | */ |
| 5972 | int |
| 5973 | libinput_device_config_dwt_is_available(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 5974 | |
| 5975 | /** |
| 5976 | * @ingroup config |
| 5977 | * |
| 5978 | * Enable or disable the disable-while-typing feature. When enabled, the |
| 5979 | * device will be disabled while typing and for a short period after. See |
| 5980 | * the libinput documentation for details. |
| 5981 | * |
| 5982 | * @note Enabling or disabling disable-while-typing may not take effect |
| 5983 | * immediately. |
| 5984 | * |
| 5985 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 5986 | * @param enable @ref LIBINPUT_CONFIG_DWT_DISABLED to disable |
| 5987 | * disable-while-typing, @ref LIBINPUT_CONFIG_DWT_ENABLED to enable |
| 5988 | * |
| 5989 | * @return A config status code. Disabling disable-while-typing on a |
| 5990 | * device that does not support the feature always succeeds. |
| 5991 | * |
| 5992 | * @see libinput_device_config_dwt_is_available |
| 5993 | * @see libinput_device_config_dwt_get_enabled |
| 5994 | * @see libinput_device_config_dwt_get_default_enabled |
| 5995 | */ |
| 5996 | enum libinput_config_status |
| 5997 | libinput_device_config_dwt_set_enabled(struct libinput_device *device, |
| 5998 | enum libinput_config_dwt_state enable); |
| 5999 | |
| 6000 | /** |
| 6001 | * @ingroup config |
| 6002 | * |
| 6003 | * Check if the disable-while typing feature is currently enabled on this |
| 6004 | * device. If the device does not support disable-while-typing, this |
| 6005 | * function returns @ref LIBINPUT_CONFIG_DWT_DISABLED. |
| 6006 | * |
| 6007 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 6008 | * @return @ref LIBINPUT_CONFIG_DWT_DISABLED if disabled, @ref |
| 6009 | * LIBINPUT_CONFIG_DWT_ENABLED if enabled. |
| 6010 | * |
| 6011 | * @see libinput_device_config_dwt_is_available |
| 6012 | * @see libinput_device_config_dwt_set_enabled |
| 6013 | * @see libinput_device_config_dwt_get_default_enabled |
| 6014 | */ |
| 6015 | enum libinput_config_dwt_state |
| 6016 | libinput_device_config_dwt_get_enabled(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 6017 | |
| 6018 | /** |
| 6019 | * @ingroup config |
| 6020 | * |
| 6021 | * Check if the disable-while typing feature is enabled on this device by |
| 6022 | * default. If the device does not support disable-while-typing, this |
| 6023 | * function returns @ref LIBINPUT_CONFIG_DWT_DISABLED. |
| 6024 | * |
| 6025 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 6026 | * @return @ref LIBINPUT_CONFIG_DWT_DISABLED if disabled, @ref |
| 6027 | * LIBINPUT_CONFIG_DWT_ENABLED if enabled. |
| 6028 | * |
| 6029 | * @see libinput_device_config_dwt_is_available |
| 6030 | * @see libinput_device_config_dwt_set_enabled |
| 6031 | * @see libinput_device_config_dwt_get_enabled |
| 6032 | */ |
| 6033 | enum libinput_config_dwt_state |
| 6034 | libinput_device_config_dwt_get_default_enabled(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 6035 | |
| 6036 | /** |
| 6037 | * @ingroup config |
| 6038 | * |
| 6039 | * Check whether a device can have a custom rotation applied. |
| 6040 | * |
| 6041 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 6042 | * @return Non-zero if a device can be rotated, zero otherwise. |
| 6043 | * |
| 6044 | * @see libinput_device_config_rotation_set_angle |
| 6045 | * @see libinput_device_config_rotation_get_angle |
| 6046 | * @see libinput_device_config_rotation_get_default_angle |
| 6047 | * |
| 6048 | * @since 1.4 |
| 6049 | */ |
| 6050 | int |
| 6051 | libinput_device_config_rotation_is_available(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 6052 | |
| 6053 | /** |
| 6054 | * @ingroup config |
| 6055 | * |
| 6056 | * Set the rotation of a device in degrees clockwise off the logical neutral |
| 6057 | * position. Any subsequent motion events are adjusted according to the |
| 6058 | * given angle. |
| 6059 | * |
| 6060 | * The angle has to be in the range of [0, 360[ degrees, otherwise this |
| 6061 | * function returns LIBINPUT_CONFIG_STATUS_INVALID. If the angle is a |
| 6062 | * multiple of 360 or negative, the caller must ensure the correct ranging |
| 6063 | * before calling this function. |
| 6064 | * |
| 6065 | * libinput guarantees that this function accepts multiples of 90 degrees. |
| 6066 | * If a value is within the [0, 360[ range but not a multiple of 90 degrees, |
| 6067 | * this function may return LIBINPUT_CONFIG_STATUS_INVALID if the underlying |
| 6068 | * device or implementation does not support finer-grained rotation angles. |
| 6069 | * |
| 6070 | * The rotation angle is applied to all motion events emitted by the device. |
| 6071 | * Thus, rotating the device also changes the angle required or presented by |
| 6072 | * scrolling, gestures, etc. |
| 6073 | * |
| 6074 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 6075 | * @param degrees_cw The angle in degrees clockwise |
| 6076 | * @return A config status code. Setting a rotation of 0 degrees on a |
| 6077 | * device that does not support rotation always succeeds. |
| 6078 | * |
| 6079 | * @see libinput_device_config_rotation_is_available |
| 6080 | * @see libinput_device_config_rotation_get_angle |
| 6081 | * @see libinput_device_config_rotation_get_default_angle |
| 6082 | * |
| 6083 | * @since 1.4 |
| 6084 | */ |
| 6085 | enum libinput_config_status |
| 6086 | libinput_device_config_rotation_set_angle(struct libinput_device *device, |
| 6087 | unsigned int degrees_cw); |
| 6088 | |
| 6089 | /** |
| 6090 | * @ingroup config |
| 6091 | * |
| 6092 | * Get the current rotation of a device in degrees clockwise off the logical |
| 6093 | * neutral position. If this device does not support rotation, the return |
| 6094 | * value is always 0. |
| 6095 | * |
| 6096 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 6097 | * @return The angle in degrees clockwise |
| 6098 | * |
| 6099 | * @see libinput_device_config_rotation_is_available |
| 6100 | * @see libinput_device_config_rotation_set_angle |
| 6101 | * @see libinput_device_config_rotation_get_default_angle |
| 6102 | * |
| 6103 | * @since 1.4 |
| 6104 | */ |
| 6105 | unsigned int |
| 6106 | libinput_device_config_rotation_get_angle(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 6107 | |
| 6108 | /** |
| 6109 | * @ingroup config |
| 6110 | * |
| 6111 | * Get the default rotation of a device in degrees clockwise off the logical |
| 6112 | * neutral position. If this device does not support rotation, the return |
| 6113 | * value is always 0. |
| 6114 | * |
| 6115 | * @param device The device to configure |
| 6116 | * @return The default angle in degrees clockwise |
| 6117 | * |
| 6118 | * @see libinput_device_config_rotation_is_available |
| 6119 | * @see libinput_device_config_rotation_set_angle |
| 6120 | * @see libinput_device_config_rotation_get_angle |
| 6121 | * |
| 6122 | * @since 1.4 |
| 6123 | */ |
| 6124 | unsigned int |
| 6125 | libinput_device_config_rotation_get_default_angle(struct libinput_device *device); |
| 6126 | |
| 6127 | #ifdef __cplusplus |
| 6128 | } |
| 6129 | #endif |
| 6130 | #endif /* LIBINPUT_H */ |
| 6131 | |